This paper was converted on www.awesomepapers.org from LaTeX by an anonymous user.
Want to know more? Visit the Converter page.

The compressible Euler equations in a physical vacuum: a comprehensive Eulerian approach

Mihaela Ifrim Department of Mathematics, University of Wisconsin, Madison [email protected]  and  Daniel Tataru Department of Mathematics, University of California at Berkeley [email protected]
Abstract.

This article is concerned with the local well-posedness problem for the compressible Euler equations in gas dynamics. For this system we consider the free boundary problem which corresponds to a physical vacuum.

Despite the clear physical interest in this system, the prior work on this problem is limited to Lagrangian coordinates, in high regularity spaces. Instead, the objective of the present work is to provide a new, fully Eulerian approach to this problem, which provides a complete, Hadamard style well-posedness theory for this problem in low regularity Sobolev spaces. In particular we give new proofs for both existence, uniqueness, and continuous dependence on the data with sharp, scale invariant energy estimates, and continuation criterion.

Key words and phrases:
compressible Euler equations, Moving boundary problems, vacuum boundary.
1991 Mathematics Subject Classification:
Primary: 35Q75; Secondary: 35L10, 35Q35.

1. Introduction

In this article we study the dynamics of the free boundary problem for a compressible gas. In the simplest form, the gas is contained in a moving domain Ωt\Omega_{t} with boundary Γt\Gamma_{t}, and is described via its density ρ0\rho\geq 0 and velocity vv. The evolution of the Eulerian variables (ρ,v)(\rho,v) is given by the compressible Euler equations

(1.1) {ρt+(ρv)=0ρ(vt+(v)v)+p=0,\left\{\begin{aligned} &\rho_{t}+\nabla(\rho v)=0\\ &\rho(v_{t}+(v\cdot\nabla)v)+\nabla p=0,\end{aligned}\right.

with the constitutive law

p=p(ρ).p=p(\rho).

In the present paper we will consider constitutive laws of the form111Here, for expository reasons, we use κ+1\kappa+1 rather than κ\kappa as the exponent, as it is more common in the literature.

(1.2) p(ρ)=ρκ+1,κ>0.p(\rho)=\rho^{\kappa+1},\qquad\kappa>0.

Heuristically one can view this system as a coupled system consisting of a wave equation for the pair (ρ,v)(\rho,\nabla\cdot v) and a transport equation for ω= curl v\omega=\mbox{\,curl }v. In this interpretation, a key physical quantity is the propagation speed csc_{s} for the wave component. This is called the speed of sound, and is given by

(1.3) cs2=p(ρ).c_{s}^{2}=p^{\prime}(\rho).

We consider this system in the presence of vacuum states, i.e. the density ρ\rho is allowed to vanish. The gas is located in the domain Ωt:={(t,x)|ρ(t,x)>0}\Omega_{t}:=\{(t,x)\,|\,\rho(t,x)>0\}, whose boundary Γt\Gamma_{t} is moving. The defining characteristic in the case of a gas, versus the fluid case, is that the density vanishes on the free boundary Γt\Gamma_{t}, which is thus described by

Γt=Ωt:={(t,x)|ρ(t,x)=0}.\Gamma_{t}=\partial\Omega_{t}:=\{(t,x)\,|\,\rho(t,x)=0\}.

In this context, the decay rate of the sound speed near the free boundary plays a fundamental role both in the gas dynamics and in the analysis. In essence, one expects that there is a single stable, nontrivial physical regime, which is called physical vacuum, and corresponds to the sound speed decay rate

(1.4) cs2(t,x)d(x,Γt).c_{s}^{2}(t,x)\approx d(x,\Gamma_{t}).

The property (1.4) will propagate in time for as long as vL\nabla v\in L^{\infty}, which will be the case for all solutions considered in this article. We remark that in particular such a bound guarantees a bilipschitz fluid flow.

To provide some intuition for this we note that the acceleration of particles on the free boundary is exactly given by κ1cs2-\kappa^{-1}\nabla c_{s}^{2}, which is normal to the boundary. Heuristically, because of this, the property (1.4) yields the correct balance which allows the free boundary to move with a bounded velocity and acceleration while interacting with the interior, as follows:

  • A faster fallout rate for the sound speed would cause the boundary particles to simply move independently and linearly with the outer particle speed. This can only last for a short time, until the faster waves inside overtake the boundary and likely lead to a more stable regime where (1.4) holds. See for instance the results in this direction in [25], but also the dispersive scenario discussed in [11].

  • A slower fallout rate would cause an infinite initial acceleration of the boundary, likely leading again to the same pattern.

A fundamental observation concerning physical vacuum is that the relation (1.4) guarantees that linear waves with speed csc_{s} can reach the free boundary Γt\Gamma_{t} in finite time. Because of this, in the above flow the motion of the boundary is strongly coupled to the wave evolution and is not just a self-contained evolution at leading order.

There are two classical approaches in fluid dynamics, using either Eulerian coordinates, where the reference frame is fixed and the fluid particles are moving, or using Lagrangian coordinates, where the particles are stationary but the frame is moving. Both of these approaches have been extensively developed in the context of the compressible Euler equations, where the local well-posedness problem is very well understood.

By contrast, the free boundary problem corresponding to the physical vacuum has been far less studied and understood. Because of the difficulties related to the need to track the evolution of the free boundary, all the prior work is in the Lagrangian setting and in high regularity spaces which are only indirectly defined.

Our goal in this paper is to provide a new, complete, low regularity approach for this free boundary problem which is fully within the Eulerian framework. In particular, our work contains the following steps, each of which represents original, essential advances in the study of this problem:

  1. a)

    We prove the uniqueness of solutions with very limited regularity222In an appropriately weighted sense in the case of ρ\rho, see Theorem 1. vLipv\in Lip, ρLip\rho\in Lip. More generally, at the same regularity level we prove stability, by showing that bounds for a certain distance between different solutions can be propagated in time.

  2. b)

    We develop the Eulerian Sobolev function space structure where this problem should be considered, providing the correct, natural scale of spaces for this evolution.

  3. c)

    We prove sharp, scale invariant energy estimates within the above mentioned scale of spaces, which show that the appropriate Sobolev regularity of solutions can be continued for as long as we have uniform bounds at the same scale vLipv\in Lip.

  4. d)

    We give a simpler, more elegant proof of existence for regular solutions, fully within the Eulerian setting, based on the above energy estimates.

  5. e)

    We devise a nonlinear Littlewood-Paley type method to obtain rough solutions as unique limits of smooth solutions, also proving the continuous dependence of the solutions on the initial data.

At a conceptual level, we also remark that in our approach the study of the linearized problem plays the main role, whereas the energy bounds for the full system are seen as secondary, derived estimates. This is unlike in prior works, where the linearized equation is relegated to a secondary role if it appears at all.

1.1. The material derivative and the Hamiltonian

The derivative along the particle trajectories DtD_{t} is called the material derivative and is defined as

Dt=t+v.D_{t}=\partial_{t}+v\cdot\nabla.

With this notation the system (1.1) is rewritten as

(1.5) {Dtρ+ρv=0ρDtv+p=0.\left\{\begin{aligned} &D_{t}\rho+\rho\nabla v=0\\ &\rho D_{t}v+\nabla p=0.\end{aligned}\right.

Differentiating once more in the first equation we obtain

Dt2ρρ(ρ1p(ρ)ρ)=ρ[(v)2Tr(v)2],D_{t}^{2}\rho-\rho\nabla(\rho^{-1}p^{\prime}(\rho)\nabla\rho)=\rho[(\nabla\cdot v)^{2}-Tr(\nabla v)^{2}],

which at leading order is a wave equation for ρ\rho with propagation speed csc_{s}, and where v\nabla\cdot v can be viewed as a dependent variable.

On the other hand, for the vorticity ω= curl v\omega=\mbox{\,curl }v one can use the second equation to obtain the transport equation

Dtω=ωv(v)Tω.D_{t}\omega=-\ \omega\cdot\nabla v-(\nabla v)^{T}\omega.

The last two equations show that indeed one can interpret the Euler equations as a coupled system consisting of a wave equation for the pair (ρ,v)(\rho,\nabla v) and a transport equation for ω= curl v\omega=\mbox{\,curl }v.

This problem admits a conserved energy, which in a suitable setting can be interpreted as a Hamiltonian, see [3], [23], [10],

E=Ωte𝑑x,E=\int_{\Omega_{t}}e\,dx,

where the energy density ee is given by

e=12ρv2+ρh(ρ),e=\frac{1}{2}\rho v^{2}+\rho h(\rho),

with the specific enthaply hh defined by

h(ρ)=0ρp(λ)λ2𝑑λ.h(\rho)=\int_{0}^{\rho}\frac{p(\lambda)}{\lambda^{2}}\,d\lambda.

1.2. The good variables

The pair of variables (ρ,v)(\rho,v) is convenient to use if κ=1\kappa=1. However, for other values of κ\kappa in (1.2) we can make a better choice. To understand that, we compute the sound speed

cs2=(κ+1)ρκ.c_{s}^{2}=(\kappa+1)\rho^{\kappa}.

This should have linear behavior near the boundary. Because of this, it is more convenient to use r=r(ρ)r=r(\rho) defined by

r=ρ1p(ρ),r^{\prime}=\rho^{-1}p^{\prime}(\rho),

which gives

r=κ+1κρκr=\dfrac{\kappa+1}{\kappa}\rho^{\kappa}

as a good variable instead of ρ\rho.

Written in terms of (r,v)(r,v) the equations become

(1.6) {rt+vr+ρrv=0vt+(v)v+r=0.\left\{\begin{aligned} &r_{t}+v\nabla r+\rho r^{\prime}\nabla v=0\\ &v_{t}+(v\cdot\nabla)v+\nabla r=0.\end{aligned}\right.

In our case we have ρr=κr\rho r^{\prime}=\kappa r so we rewrite the above system as

(1.7) {rt+vr+κrv=0vt+(v)v+r=0\left\{\begin{aligned} &r_{t}+v\nabla r+\kappa r\nabla v=0\\ &v_{t}+(v\cdot\nabla)v+\nabla r=0\end{aligned}\right.

or, using material derivatives,

(1.8) {Dtr+κrv=0Dtv+r=0.\left\{\begin{aligned} &D_{t}r+\kappa r\nabla v=0\\ &D_{t}v+\nabla r=0.\end{aligned}\right.

We will work with this system for the rest of the paper.

1.3. Energies and function spaces

Given the constitutive law (1.2), the conserved energy is

(1.9) E=1κρκ+1+12ρv2dx.E=\int\frac{1}{\kappa}\rho^{\kappa+1}+\frac{1}{2}\rho v^{2}\,dx.

Switching to the (r,v)(r,v) variables and adjusting constants, we obtain

(1.10) E=r1κκ(r2+κ+12rv2)𝑑x.E=\int r^{\frac{1-\kappa}{\kappa}}\left(r^{2}+\frac{\kappa+1}{2}rv^{2}\right)\,dx.

This will not be directly useful in solving the equation, but will give us a good idea for the higher order function spaces we will have to employ. Based on this, we introduce the energy space {\mathcal{H}} with norm

(1.11) (s,w)2=r1κκ(|s|2+κr|w|2)𝑑x\|(s,w)\|^{2}_{{\mathcal{H}}}=\int r^{\frac{1-\kappa}{\kappa}}\left(|s|^{2}+\kappa r|w|^{2}\right)\,dx

for functions (s,v)(s,v) defined a.e. within the fluid domain Ωt\Omega_{t}. Importantly, we note that the constants above do not match (1.10), and instead have been adjusted to match the energy functional for the linearized equation, which is discussed in Section 3. The two components of the {\mathcal{H}} space as weighted L2L^{2} spaces,

=L2(r1κκ)×L2(r1κ).{\mathcal{H}}=L^{2}(r^{\frac{1-\kappa}{\kappa}})\times L^{2}(r^{\frac{1}{\kappa}}).

For higher regularity, we take our cue from the second order wave equation, which has the leading operator cs2Δ=rΔc_{s}^{2}\Delta=r\Delta, which is naturally associated to the acoustic metric333Technically one should add a k1k^{-1} factor here.

(1.12) g=r1dx2 in Ωt.g=r^{-1}dx^{2}\qquad\text{ in \ \ }\Omega_{t}.

Correspondingly, we define the higher order Sobolev spaces 2k{\mathcal{H}}^{2k} for distributions within the fluid domain Ωt\Omega_{t} to have norms

(s,w)2k2=|β|2k|β|αkrαβ(s,w)2,\|(s,w)\|^{2}_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2k}}=\sum_{|\beta|\leq 2k}^{|\beta|-\alpha\leq k}\|r^{\alpha}\partial^{\beta}(s,w)\|^{2}_{{\mathcal{H}}},

where α\alpha is implicitly restricted to 0αk0\leq\alpha\leq k. More generally, for all real k0k\geq 0 one can define by interpolation the spaces 2k{\mathcal{H}}^{2k}. These spaces and their properties are further discussed in the next section.

1.4. Scaling and control parameters

The equation (1.7) admits the scaling law

(1.13) (r(t,x),v(t,x))(λ2r(λt,λ2x),λ1v(λt,λ2x)).(r(t,x),v(t,x))\to(\lambda^{-2}r(\lambda t,\lambda^{2}x),\lambda^{-1}v(\lambda t,\lambda^{2}x)).

We use this scaling in order to track the order of factors in multilinear expressions, introducing a counting device based on scaling:

  1. i)

    rr and vv have degree 1-1, respectively 12-\frac{1}{2}.

  2. ii)

    \nabla has order 11 and DtD_{t} has order 12\frac{1}{2}.

The order of a multilinear expression is defined as the sum of the orders of each factors. In this way, all terms in each of the equations have the same order. This property remains valid if we either differentiate the equations in xx, tt or apply the material derivative DtD_{t}.

Corresponding to the above spaces and scaling we identify the critical space 2k0{\mathcal{H}}^{2k_{0}} where k0k_{0} is given by444In general this will not be an integer.

2k0=d+1+1κ.2k_{0}=d+1+\frac{1}{\kappa}.

This has the property that its (homogeneous) norm is invariant with respect to the above scaling.

Associated to this Sobolev exponent we introduce the following scale invariant time dependent pointwise control norm

(1.14) A=rNL+vC˙12,A=\|\nabla r-N\|_{L^{\infty}}+\|v\|_{\dot{C}^{\frac{1}{2}}},

where NN is a given nonzero vector. Here NN can be chosen as N=r(x0)N=\nabla r(x_{0}) for some fixed point x0x_{0} where r(x0)=0r(x_{0})=0. The motivation for using such an NN, rather than just rL\|\nabla r\|_{L^{\infty}}, is that the latter is a scale invariant quantity of fixed, unit size. On the other hand the AA defined above can be harmlessly assumed to be small simply by working in a small neighbourhood of the reference point x0x_{0}. Such a localization is allowed in the study of compressible Euler system because of the finite speed of propagation. The control parameter AA will play a leading role in elliptic estimates at fixed time, and, in order to avoid cumbersome notations, will be implicitly assumed to be small in all of our analysis.

For the energy estimates we will also introduce a second time dependent control norm which is associated with the space 2k0+1{\mathcal{H}}^{2k_{0}+1}, namely

(1.15) B=rC~0,12+vL,B=\|\nabla r\|_{{\tilde{C}^{0,\frac{1}{2}}}}+\|\nabla v\|_{L^{\infty}},

where the C~0,12{\tilde{C}^{0,\frac{1}{2}}} norm is given by

fC~0,12=supx,yΩt|f(x)f(y)|r(x)12+r(y)12+|xy|12.\|f\|_{{\tilde{C}^{0,\frac{1}{2}}}}=\sup_{x,y\in\Omega_{t}}\frac{|f(x)-f(y)|}{r(x)^{\frac{1}{2}}+r(y)^{\frac{1}{2}}+{|x-y|^{\frac{1}{2}}}}.

This scales like he C˙12\dot{C}^{\frac{1}{2}} norm, but it is weaker in that it only uses one derivative of rr away from the free boundary.

The role of BB will be to control the growth rate for our energies, while also allowing for a secondary dependence of the implicit constants on AA.

1.5. The main results

Our main result is a well-posedness result for the compressible Euler evolution (1.7). However, it is more revealing to break the result down into several components. We begin with the uniqueness result, which requires least regularity.

Theorem 1 (Uniqueness).

For every Lipschitz initial data (r0,v0)(r_{0},v_{0}) satisfying the nondegeneracy condition |r0|>0|\nabla r_{0}|>0 on Γ0\Gamma_{0}, the system (1.7) admits at most one solution (r,v)(r,v) in the class

(1.16) vCx1,rC~0,12x.v\in C^{1}_{x},\qquad\nabla r\in{\tilde{C}^{0,\frac{1}{2}}}_{x}.

In other words, uniqueness holds in the class of solutions (r,v)(r,v) for which BB remains finite. One can further relax this to BLt1B\in L^{1}_{t}. We note that only the spatial regularity is specified in the theorem, as the time regularity can then be obtained from the equations. Also the nondegeneracy condition is only given at the initial time, but it can be easily propagated to later times given our regularity assumptions.

To the best of our knowledge, this is the first uniqueness proof for this problem which applies directly in the Eulerian setting, and also the first uniqueness result at low, scale invariant555Scale invariance corresponds to the assumption BLt1B\in L^{1}_{t}. regularity.

Remark 1.1.

The result in Theorem 1 can be seen as a subset of Theorem 5 in Section 4. There we go one step further, and prove that a suitable nonlinear distance between two solutions is propagated along the flow, under the same assumptions as in Theorem 1.

Next we consider the well-posedness question. Here we define the phase space

(1.17) 𝐇2k={(r,v)|(r,v)2k}.{\mathbf{H}}^{2k}=\{(r,v)\,|\,\ (r,v)\in{\mathcal{H}}^{2k}\}.

One should think of this in a nonlinear fashion, as an infinite dimensional manifold, as the 2k{\mathcal{H}}^{2k} norms depend on Ωt\Omega_{t} and thus on rr. The topology on this manifold is discussed in the next section. Now we can state our main well-posedness result:

Theorem 2 (Well-posedness).

The system (1.1) is locally well-posed in the space 𝐇2k{\mathbf{H}}^{2k} for kk\in\mathbb{R} with

(1.18) 2k>2k0+1.2k>2k_{0}+1.

The well-posedness result should be interpreted in a quasilinear fashion, i.e. including:

  • Existence of solutions (r,v)C[0,T;𝐇2k](r,v)\in C[0,T;{\mathbf{H}}^{2k}].

  • Uniqueness of solutions in a larger class, see Theorem 1 above.

  • Weak Lipschitz dependence on the initial data, relative to a new, nonlinear distance functional introduced in Section 4.

  • Continuous dependence of the solutions on the initial data in the 𝐇2k{\mathbf{H}}^{2k} topology.

The last question we consider is that of continuation of the solutions, which is where our control norms are critically used. This is closely related to the energy estimates for our system:

Theorem 3.

For each integer k0k\geq 0 there exists an energy functional E2kE^{2k} with the following properties:

a) Coercivity: as long as666Recall that we can harmlessly assume AA small. A1A\ll 1, we have

(1.19) E2k(r,v)(r,v)2k2.E^{2k}(r,v)\approx\|(r,v)\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2k}}^{2}.

b) Energy estimates for solutions to (1.1)

(1.20) ddtE2k(r,v)AB(r,v)2k2.\frac{d}{dt}E^{2k}(r,v)\lesssim_{A}B\|(r,v)\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2k}}^{2}.

By Gronwall’s inequality this implies the bound

(1.21) (r,v)(t)2k2e0TC(A)B(s)𝑑s(r,v)(t)(0)2k2.\|(r,v)(t)\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2k}}^{2}\lesssim e^{\int_{0}^{T}C(A)B(s)\,ds}\|(r,v)(t)(0)\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2k}}^{2}.
Remark 1.2.

These energies are constructed in an explicit fashion only for integer kk. Nevertheless, as a consequence in our analysis in the last section of the paper, it follows that bounds of the form (1.21) hold also for all noninteger k>0k>0. However, we do this using a mechanism which is akin to a paradifferential expansion, without constructing an explicit energy functional as provided by the above theorem in the integer case.

A consequence of the last result is the following continuation criteria for solutions to (1.1), which holds regardless of whether kk is an integer:

Theorem 4.

Let kk be as in (1.18). Then the 𝐇2k{\mathbf{H}}^{2k} solutions to (1.1) given by Theorem 2 can be continued for as long as AA remains bounded and BLt1B\in L^{1}_{t}.

Here we implicitly make a topological assumption and exclude the possibility that two gas bubbles at some point touch each other, or that the free boundary self-intersects. This latter possibility is prohibited at small scales by our result, but certainly not at large scales.

This result is consistent with the standard continuation results for quasilinear hyperbolic systems in the absence of a free the boundary. But for the physical vacuum free boundary problem, this work is the first where anything close to such a continuation result has been proved.

1.6. Historical comments

The study of the compressible Euler evolutions has a long history, and also considerable interest from the physical side. Allowing for vacuum states introduces many added layers of difficulty to the problem, whose nature greatly depends on the behavior of the sound speed near the vacuum boundary. Within this realm, physical vacuum represents the natural boundary condition for compressible gasses. Below we begin with a brief discussion of the broader context, and then we focus on the problem at hand.

1.6.1. Compressible Euler flows

The compressible Euler equations are classically considered as a symmetric hyperbolic system, and as such, local well-posedness has long been known, see e.g. [15], and also the Euler oriented analysis in [21]. The local solutions can be obtained using the energy method, and relying solely on the energy requires initial data local regularity (ρ0,v0)Hs(\rho_{0},v_{0})\in H^{s} with s>d2+1s>\dfrac{d}{2}+1, with the continuation criteria

0(ρ,v)L<.\int_{0}^{\infty}\|\nabla(\rho,v)\|_{L^{\infty}}<\infty.

By now it is known that these results can be improved by taking advantage of Strichartz estimates for wave equations. In the irrotational case, for instance, the result of [26] applies directly and yields the sharp local well-posedness result, for777Here d=3,4,5d=3,4,5. s>d+12s>\dfrac{d+1}{2}. In the rotational case, it is not yet clear what would be the optimal condition on the vorticity which would allow for a similar improvement; see the results in [9] and [29].

1.6.2. Vacuum states in compressible Euler flows

Vacuum states correspond to allowing for the density to vanish in some regions. Here one should think of having a particle region Ωt\Omega_{t}, and a vacuum region, separated by a moving free boundary Γt=Ωt\Gamma_{t}=\partial\Omega_{t}. There are two major physical scenarios, distinguished by the boundary behaviour of the density ρ\rho, or equivalently of the sound speed csc_{s}:

  1. (1)

    Fluid flows, where the pressure is constant on the free boundary, describing a balance of forces, and the density and implicitly the sound speed are assumed to have a nonzero, positive limit there.

  2. (2)

    Gas flows, where the density decay to zero near the free boundary; this is our main focus in this paper.

Both are free boundary problems associated to compressible Euler, but their nature is very different in the two cases. Fluid flows were considered in [4] and [17], and also the incompressible limit was investigated in [18].

Now we turn our attention to our present interest, namely the gas flows. Heuristically one distinguishes several potential scenarios when comparing the sound speed csc_{s} with the distance dΓd_{\Gamma} to the vacuum boundary.


a) Rapid decay corresponds to

csdΓt.c_{s}\lesssim d_{\Gamma_{t}}.

In this case the vacuum boundary evolves linearly, and internal waves cannot reach the boundary arbitrarily fast. Thus this geometry persists at least for a short time, and the local well-posedness problem can be even studied using the standard tools of symmetric hyperbolic systems; see for instance [8], [2] and [19], as well as the alternative approach in [22],[1] and the one dimensional analysis in [20]. Thus this case cannot be thought of as a true free boundary problem. Furthermore, after a finite time, the internal waves will reach the boundary [20], and this geometry breaks down.


b) Slow decay,

csdΓt.c_{s}\gg d_{\Gamma_{t}}.

This is where the problem indeed becomes a genuine free boundary problem, as internal waves can reach the boundary arbitrarily fast, and then the flow of the free boundary becomes strongly coupled with the internal flow. One might think that there might be a range of possible decay rates, for instance like

csdΓtβ,0<β<1.c_{s}\approx d^{\beta}_{\Gamma_{t}},\qquad 0<\beta<1.

However, both physical and mathematical considerations seem to indicate that among these there is a single stable decay rate, which corresponds to β=12\beta=\frac{1}{2}. This is commonly referred to as physical vacuum. The other values of β\beta are expected to be unstable, with the solutions instantly falling into the stable regime; but this is all a conjecture at this point, and likely there will be significant differences between the cases β<12\beta<\frac{1}{2} and β>12\beta>\frac{1}{2}.


1.6.3. The physical vacuum scenario

We turn now our attention to the problem at hand, i.e. the physical vacuum scenario. The easier one dimensional setting was considered first, in [6] followed by [13]. While some energy estimates are formally obtained in [6] and a procedure to construct solutions is provided, the functional structure there does not provide a direct description of the initial data space. This issue is remedied in [13], which first introduces the Lagrangian counterparts of the scale of spaces we are also using here, and provides both existence and uniqueness results in sufficiently regular spaces.

More recently, the three dimensional case was considered in several papers. Energy estimates for κ=1\kappa=1 were formally derived in [5]. This was followed by an existence proof proposed in [7], which is based a parabolic regularization. However, the functional setting is similar to their prior one dimensional paper, and some steps are merely claimed rather than proved; for instance the difference bound, which also, as stated, requires additional regularity for the solutions compared to the existence result. Independently, [14] offers an alternative existence and uniqueness proof for arbitrary κ>0\kappa>0, this time within the correct scale of weighted Sobolev spaces, using an iterative argument for the existence part, and with a different approach to the energy estimates.

All the results described above are in the Lagrangian setting, and aim to give existence and uniqueness results in sufficiently regular function spaces. In addition to the limitations mentioned above, no attempt is made to provide any continuous dependence results, nor to transfer the results to the physical, Eulerian framework.

By contrast, our results in the present paper are fully developed within the Eulerian setting, at low regularity, in all dimensions and for all κ>0\kappa>0. In this context we provide completely new arguments for existence, uniqueness, and continuous dependence of the solutions on the initial data, i.e. a full well-posedness theory in the Hadamard sense. In addition we prove a family of sharp, scale invariant energy estimates, which in particular yield optimal continuation criteria at the level of vL\|\nabla v\|_{L^{\infty}}, consistent with the well-known results for hyperbolic systems in the absence of the free boundary. Despite the fact that we only construct energy functionals corresponding only to integer Sobolev spaces, we nevertheless are able to use these estimates in order to obtain energy estimates in fractional Sobolev spaces as well, nicely completing the theory up to the optimal Sobolev thresholds.

1.7. An outline of the paper

The article has a modular structure, where, for the essential part, only the main results of each section are used later.

1.7.1. Function spaces and interpolation

The starting point of our analysis, in the next section, is to describe the appropriate functional setting for our analysis, represented by the 2k{\mathcal{H}}^{2k} scale of weighted Sobolev spaces. These are associated to the singular Riemannian metric (1.12) under the sole assumption that the boundary Γt\Gamma_{{t}} is Lipschitz, with rr as a nondegenerate defining function. A similar scale of spaces was introduced in [14] in the Lagrangian setting, though under more regularity assumptions. However, since in the Eulerian setting the boundary is moving, the corresponding state space 𝐇2k{\mathbf{H}}^{2k} for (r,v)(r,v) is seen here akin to an infinite dimensional manifold.

We remark on the dual role of rr, as a defining function of the boundary implicitly as a weight on one hand, and as one of the dynamical variables on the other hand; for our low regularity analysis we carefully decouple these two roles, in order to avoid cumbersome boootstrap loops.

Interpolation plays a significant role in our study. First this occurs at the level of the 2k{\mathcal{H}}^{2k} scale of spaces, and it allows us to work with fractional Sobolev spaces without having to directly prove energy estimates in the fractional setting, using expansions which are akin to paradifferential ones but done at the level of the nonlinear flow. Secondly, we also interpolate between the 2k{\mathcal{H}}^{2k} spaces and the pointwise bounds captured by our control parameters AA and BB. It is this last tool which allows us to work at low regularity and to obtain sharp, scale invariant energy estimates.

1.7.2. The linearized equation and transition operators

In Section 3 we consider the linearized equation, which is modeled as a linear evolution in the time dependent weighted L2L^{2} space {\mathcal{H}}. We view this as the main tool in the analysis of the nonlinear evolution, rather than the direct nonlinear energy estimates as in all prior work (except for [14], to some extent). This later helps us not only to prove nonlinear energy estimates for single solutions, but also to compare different solutions, which is critical both for our uniqueness proof and for our construction of rough solutions as strong limits of smooth solutions. We remark that at the level of the linearized variables (s,w)(s,w) there is no longer any boundary condition on the moving free boundary Γt\Gamma_{t}; this is closely related to the prior comment about uncoupling the roles of rr.

Next, using the linearized equation, we obtain the transition operators L1L_{1} and L2L_{2}, which act at the level of the two linearized variables ss, respectively ww, and should be though of as the degenerate elliptic leading spatial part of the wave evolution for ss, respectively w\nabla\cdot w. We call them transition operators because they tie the successive spaces 2k{\mathcal{H}}^{2k} and H2k+2H^{2k+2} on our scale in a coercive, invertible fashion. These operators play a leading role in both the higher order energy estimates and in the regularization used for our construction of regular solutions.

1.7.3. Difference estimates and the uniqueness result

The aim of Section 4 is to construct a nonlinear difference functional which allows us to track the distance between two solutions roughly at the level of the {\mathcal{H}} norm. This is akin to the difference bounds in a weaker topology which are common in the study of quasilinear problems.

This is one of the centerpieces of our analysis, and to the best of our knowledge this is the first time such a construction was successfully carried out in a free boundary setting. The fundamental difficulty is that we are seeking to not only compare functions on different domains, but also to track the evolution in time of this distance. This difficulty is translated into the nonlinear character of our difference functional; some delicate, careful choices are made there, which ultimately allow us to propagate this distance forward in time.

1.7.4. Higher order energy estimates

The aim of Section 5 is to establish energy estimates in integer index Sobolev spaces on our 2k{\mathcal{H}}^{2k} scale. We define the nonlinear energy functionals E2kE^{2k} using suitable vector fields applied to the equation. This energy has two components, a wave component and a transport component, which correspond to the heuristic (partial) decoupling of the evolution into a wave part for rr and v\nabla\cdot v and a transport part for the vorticity ω\omega. Our proof of the energy estimates is split in a modular fashion into two parts, where we succesively (i) prove the coercivity of our energy functional and (ii) track the time evolution of the energy.

The coercivity bound is obtained inductively in kk, using the transition operators L1L_{1} and L2L_{2} as key tools. The main part of the proof of the propagation bound happens at the level of the wave component, where we identify Alihnac style “good variables” (s2k,w2k)(s_{2k},w_{2k}), which are shown to solve the linearized equation modulo perturbative source terms.

Our energy functionals are to some extent the Eulerian counterparts of energies previously constructed in [7], [14] in the Lagrangian setting and at higher regularity. They are closer in style to [7], though the coercivity part is largely missing there and as a consequence some of the functional setting is incomplete/incorrect. The analysis in [14], on the other hand, corresponds to combining the two steps above together. This leads to a more comprehensive energy functional, where the coercivity part is relatively straightforward, but instead moves the difficulty to the propagation part, which becomes considerably more complex.

1.7.5. Existence of regular solutions

The aim of Section 6 is to prove the existence theorem in the context of regular solutions. The scheme we propose here is constructive, using a time discretization via an Euler type method to produce good approximate solutions. However a naive implementation of Euler’s method looses derivatives; to rectify this we precede the Euler step by (i) a regularization on a suitable scale, and (ii) a separate transport part888This bit is optional but does simplify the analysis.. The challenge is to control the energy growth at each step of the way. This is more delicate for the regularization, which has has to be done carefully using the elliptic transition operators L1L_{1} and L2L_{2}.

We note that our construction is very different from any other approaches previously used in analyzing this problem; they all relied on parabolic regularizations. Our construction is simpler and more direct, though not without interesting subtleties. It is also better tailored to the physical structure of the equations, which makes this approach more robust and also successful in the relativistic counterpart of our problem.

1.7.6. Rough solutions as limits of regular solutions

The last section of the paper aims to construct rough solutions as strong limits of smooth solutions. This is achieved by considering a family of dyadic regularizations of the initial data, which generates corresponding smooth solutions. For these smooth solutions we control on one hand higher Sobolev norms 2N{\mathcal{H}}^{2N}, using our energy estimates, and on the other hand the L2L^{2} type distance between consecutive ones, which is at the level of the {\mathcal{H}} norms. Combining the high and the low regularity bounds directly yields rapid convergence in all 𝐇2k1{\mathbf{H}}^{2k_{1}} spaces below the desired threshold, i.e. for k1<kk_{1}<k. To gain strong convergence in 𝐇2k{\mathbf{H}}^{2k} we use frequency envelopes to more accurately control both the low and the high Sobolev norms above. This allows us to bound differences in the strong 𝐇2k{\mathbf{H}}^{2k} topology. A similar argument yields continuous dependence of the solutions in terms of the initial data also in the strong topology, as well as our main continuation result in Theorem 4.

1.8. Acknowledgements

The first author was supported by a Luce Assistant Professorship, by the Sloan Foundation, and by an NSF CAREER grant DMS-1845037. The second author was supported by the NSF grant DMS-1800294 as well as by a Simons Investigator grant from the Simons Foundation.

Both authors thank Marcelo Disconzi for introducing them to this class of problems. In particular, the relativistic counterpart of this problem is considered jointly with him in forthcoming work.

2. Function spaces

The aim of this section is to introduce the main function spaces where we will consider the free boundary problem for the compressible gas. These are Sobolev type spaces of functions inside the gas domain Ωt\Omega_{t}, with weights depending on rr, or equivalently on the distance to the free boundary. We begin with a more general discussion of weighted Sobolev spaces in Lipschitz domains, and then specialize to the function spaces that are needed in our problem.

2.1. Weighted Sobolev spaces

As a starting point, in a domain Ωd\Omega\subset\mathbb{R}^{d} with Lipschitz boundary Γ\Gamma and nondegenerate defining function rr we introduce a two parameter family of weighted Sobolev spaces (see [27, 28] for a more general take on this):

Definition 2.1.

Let σ>12\sigma>-\frac{1}{2} and j0j\geq 0. Then the space Hj,σ=Hj,σ(Ω)H^{j,\sigma}=H^{j,\sigma}(\Omega) is defined as the space of all distributions in Ω\Omega for which the following norm is finite:

(2.1) fHj,σ2:=|α|jrσαfL22.\|f\|_{H^{j,\sigma}}^{2}:=\sum_{|\alpha|\leq j}\|r^{\sigma}\partial^{\alpha}f\|_{L^{2}}^{2}.

By complex interpolation, one also defines corresponding fractional Sobolev spaces Hs,σH^{s,\sigma} for s0s\geq 0 and σ>12\sigma>-\frac{1}{2}. This yields a double family of interpolation spaces.

Some comments are in order here:

  • At this point, all we assume about the geometry of the problem is that the boundary Γ\Gamma is Lipschitz, and that rr is a non-degenerate defining function for Γ\Gamma, i.e. proportional to the distance to Γ\Gamma. Different choices for rr yield the same space with different but equivalent norms. Without any restriction in generality, we can assume that rr is Lipschitz continuous.

  • The requirement σ>12\sigma>-\frac{1}{2} corresponds to the fact that no vanishing assumptions on the boundary Γ\Gamma are made for any of the elements in our function spaces.

  • If σ=0\sigma=0 then one recovers the classical Sobolev spaces Hk,0=HkH^{k,0}=H^{k}.

  • If j=0j=0 these are weighted L2L^{2} spaces, H0,σ=L2(r2σ)H^{0,\sigma}=L^{2}(r^{2\sigma}).

Next, we establish some key properties of these spaces. First, we have the Hardy type embeddings (see the book [16] for a broader view):

Lemma 2.2.

Assume that s1>s20s_{1}>s_{2}\geq 0 and σ1>σ2>12\sigma_{1}>\sigma_{2}>-\frac{1}{2} with s1s2=σ1σ2s_{1}-s_{2}=\sigma_{1}-\sigma_{2}. Then we have

(2.2) Hs1,σ1Hs2,σ2.H^{s_{1},\sigma_{1}}\subset H^{s_{2},\sigma_{2}}.
Proof.

By interpolation and reiteration it suffices to prove the result when s1s2=1s_{1}-s_{2}=1, both integers. Thus we will show that

(2.3) Hj,σHj1,σ1,j1,σ>12.H^{j,\sigma}\subset H^{j-1,\sigma-1},\qquad j\geq 1,\sigma>\frac{1}{2}.

It suffices to prove the result in dimension n=1n=1; then all the higher dimensions will follow by considering foliations of Ω\Omega with parallel one dimensional lines which are transversal to Γ\Gamma.

Here rr is the distance function to the boundary of Ω\Omega. Setting Ω=[0,)\Omega=[0,\infty), rr is pointwise equivalent to xx, and in particular gives

Ω(rσ1)2|xj1f|2𝑑xΩt(xσ1)2|xj1f|2𝑑x.\int_{\Omega}\left(r^{\sigma-1}\right)^{2}|\partial_{x}^{j-1}f|^{2}\,dx\approx\int_{\Omega_{t}}\left(x^{\sigma-1}\right)^{2}|\partial_{x}^{j-1}f|^{2}\,dx.

The inclusion follows from the following integration by parts

Ω(xσ1)2|xj1f|2𝑑x\displaystyle\int_{\Omega}\left(x^{\sigma-1}\right)^{2}|\partial_{x}^{j-1}f|^{2}\,dx =Ωt(x2σ12σ1)|xj1f|2𝑑x\displaystyle=\int_{\Omega_{t}}\left(\frac{x^{2\sigma-1}}{2\sigma-1}\right)^{{}^{\prime}}|\partial_{x}^{j-1}f|^{2}\,dx
=|xj1f|2(x2σ12σ1)|xΩ22σ1Ωx2σ1|xj1f||xjf|𝑑x.\displaystyle=\left.|\partial_{x}^{j-1}f|^{2}\left(\frac{x^{2\sigma-1}}{2\sigma-1}\right)\right|_{x\in\partial\Omega}-\frac{2}{2\sigma-1}\int_{\Omega}x^{2\sigma-1}|\partial_{x}^{j-1}f||\partial_{x}^{j}f|\,dx.

The boundary term vanishes, and we can now apply Cauchy-Schwartz’s inequality to obtain

fHj1,σ122σ1fHj,σ.\|f\|_{H^{j-1,\sigma-1}}\leq\frac{2}{2\sigma-1}\|f\|_{H^{j,\sigma}}.

As a corollary of the above lemma we have embeddings into standard Sobolev spaces:

Lemma 2.3.

Assume that σ>0\sigma>0 and σj\sigma\leq j. Then we have

(2.4) Hj,σHjσ.H^{j,\sigma}\subset H^{j-\sigma}.

In particular, by standard Sobolev embeddings, we also have Morrey type embeddings into CsC^{s} spaces:

Lemma 2.4.

We have

(2.5) Hrj,σCs,0sjσd2,H^{j,\sigma}_{r}\subset C^{s},\qquad 0\leq s\leq j-\sigma-\frac{d}{2},

where the equality can hold only if ss is not an integer.

2.2. Weighted Sobolev norms for compressible Euler

Our starting point here is the conserved energy for our problem, namely

E(r,v)=Ωtr1κκ(r2+κ+12rv2)𝑑x.E(r,v)=\int_{\Omega_{t}}r^{\frac{1-\kappa}{\kappa}}\left(r^{2}+\frac{\kappa+1}{2}rv^{2}\right)\,dx.

Even more importantly, in our study of the linearized equation (see Section 3) for linearized variables (s,w)(s,w) we use the weighted L2L^{2} type energy functional

Elin(s,w)=Ωtr1κκ(|s|2+κr|w|2)𝑑x.E_{lin}(s,w)=\int_{\Omega_{t}}r^{\frac{1-\kappa}{\kappa}}(|s|^{2}+\kappa r|w|^{2})\,dx.

Based on this, we define our baseline space {\mathcal{H}} with norm

(s,w)2=Elin(s,w).\|(s,w)\|_{{\mathcal{H}}}^{2}=E_{lin}(s,w).

In terms of the Hs,σH^{s,\sigma} spaces discussed earlier, or weighted L2L^{2} spaces, we have

(2.6) =H0,1κ2κ×H0,12κ=L2(r1κκ)×L2(r1κ).{\mathcal{H}}=H^{0,\frac{1-\kappa}{2\kappa}}\times H^{0,\frac{1}{2\kappa}}=L^{2}(r^{\frac{1-\kappa}{\kappa}})\times L^{2}(r^{\frac{1}{\kappa}}).

Next we define a suitable scale of higher order Sobolev spaces for our problem. To understand the balance between weights and derivatives we consider the leading order operator, if we write the wave part of our system as a second order equation for rr. At leading order this yields the wave operator

Dt2κrΔ,D_{t}^{2}-\kappa r\Delta,

which is naturally associated with the Riemannian metric (1.12) in Ωt\Omega_{t}.

So, to the above L2L^{2} type space {\mathcal{H}} we need to add Sobolev regularity based on powers of rΔr\Delta, or equivalently, relative to the metric gg defined above. Hence we define the higher order Sobolev spaces 2k{\mathcal{H}}^{2k}

2k:=H2k,k+1κ2κ×H2k,k+12κ,k0{\mathcal{H}}^{2k}:=H^{2k,k+\frac{1-\kappa}{2\kappa}}\times H^{2k,k+\frac{1}{2\kappa}},\qquad k\geq 0

of pairs functions defined inside Ωt\Omega_{t}. These form a one parameter family of interpolation spaces. The 2k{\mathcal{H}}^{2k} spaces have the obvious norm if kk is a nonnegative integer; for instance one can set

(2.7) (s,w)2k2:=|β|2k|β|αkrαβ(s,w)2,\|(s,w)\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2k}}^{2}:=\sum_{|\beta|\leq 2k}^{|\beta|-\alpha\leq k}\|r^{\alpha}\partial^{\beta}(s,w)\|_{{\mathcal{H}}}^{2},

where α\alpha is also restricted to nonnegative integers.

On the other hand, if kk is not an integer then the corresponding norms are Hilbertian norms defined by interpolation. Since in the Hilbertian case all interpolation methods yield the same result, for the 2k{\mathcal{H}}^{2k} norm we will use a characterization which is akin to a Littlewood-Paley decomposition, or to a discretization of the JJ method of interpolation. Precisely, we have

Lemma 2.5.

Let 0<k<N0<k<N. Then 2k{\mathcal{H}}^{2k} can be defined as the space of distributions (s,v)(s,v) which admit a representation

(2.8) (s,w)=l=0(sl,wl)(s,w)=\sum_{l=0}^{\infty}(s_{l},w_{l})

with the property that the following norm is finite:

(2.9) |{(sl,wl)}|2:=l=022kl(sl,wl)2+22l(kN)(sl,wl)2N2,|\!|\!|\{(s_{l},w_{l})\}|\!|\!|^{2}:=\sum_{l=0}^{\infty}2^{2kl}\|(s_{l},w_{l})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}}^{2}+2^{2l(k-N)}\|(s_{l},w_{l})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2N}}^{2},

and with equivalent norm defined as

(2.10) (s,w)2k2:=inf|{(sl,wl)}|2,\|(s,w)\|^{2}_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2k}}:=\inf|\!|\!|\{(s_{l},w_{l})\}|\!|\!|^{2},

where the infimum is taken with respect to all representations as above.

2.3. The state space 𝐇2k{\mathbf{H}}^{2k}.

As already mentioned in the introduction, the state space 𝐇2k{\mathbf{H}}^{2k} is defined for k>k0k>k_{0} (i.e. above scaling) as the set of pairs of functions (r,v)(r,v) defined in a domain Ωt\Omega_{t} in n\mathbb{R}^{n} with boundary Γt\Gamma_{t} with the following properties:

  1. i)

    Boundary regularity: Γt\Gamma_{t} is a Lipschitz surface.

  2. ii)

    Nondegeneracy: rr is a Lipschitz function in Ω¯t\bar{\Omega}_{t}, positive inside Ωt\Omega_{t} and vanishing simply on the boundary Γt\Gamma_{t}.

  3. iii)

    Regularity: The functions (r,v)(r,v) belong to 2k{\mathcal{H}}^{2k}.

Since the domain Ωt\Omega_{t} itself depends on the function rr, one cannot think of 𝐇2k{\mathbf{H}}^{2k} as a linear space, but rather as an infinite dimensional manifold. As time varies in our evolution, so does the domain, so we are interested in allowing the domain to vary in 𝐇2k{\mathbf{H}}^{2k}. However, describing a manifold structure for 𝐇2k{\mathbf{H}}^{2k} is beyond the purposes of our present paper, particularly since the trajectories associated with our flow are merely expected to be continuous with values in 𝐇2k{\mathbf{H}}^{2k}. For this reason, here we will limit ourselves to defining a topology on 𝐇2k{\mathbf{H}}^{2k}.

Definition 2.6.

A sequence (rn,vn)(r_{n},v_{n}) converges to (r,v)(r,v) in 𝐇2k{\mathbf{H}}^{2k} if the following conditions are satisfied:

  1. i)

    Uniform nondegeneracy, |rn|c>0|\nabla r_{n}|\geq c>0.

  2. ii)

    Domain convergence, rnrLip0\|r_{n}-r\|_{Lip}\to 0.

  3. iii)

    Norm convergence: For each ϵ>0\epsilon>0 there exist smooth functions (r~n,v~n)({\tilde{r}}_{n},{\tilde{v}}_{n}) in Ωn\Omega_{n}, respectively (r~,v~)({\tilde{r}},{\tilde{v}}) in Ω\Omega so that

    (r~n,v~n)(r~,v~) in C({\tilde{r}}_{n},{\tilde{v}}_{n})\to({\tilde{r}},{\tilde{v}})\qquad\text{ in }C^{\infty}

    while

    (r~n,v~n)(rn,vn)2k(Ωn)ϵ.\|({\tilde{r}}_{n},{\tilde{v}}_{n})-(r_{n},v_{n})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2k}(\Omega_{n})}\leq\epsilon.

We remark that the last condition in particular provides both a uniform bound for the sequence (rn,vn)(r_{n},v_{n}) in 2k(Ωn){\mathcal{H}}^{2k}(\Omega_{n}) as well as an equicontinuity type property, which ensures that a nontrivial portion of their 2k{\mathcal{H}}^{2k} norms cannot concentrate on thinner layers near the boundary. This is akin to the the conditions in the Kolmogorov-Riesz theorem for compact sets in LpL^{p} spaces.

This definition will enable us to achieve two key properties of our flow:

  • Continuity of solutions (r,v)(r,v) as functions of tt with values in 𝐇2k{\mathbf{H}}^{2k}.

  • Continuous dependence of solutions (r,v)𝐇2k(r,v)\in{\mathbf{H}}^{2k} as functions of the initial data (r0,v0)𝐇2k(r_{0},v_{0})\in{\mathbf{H}}^{2k}.

2.3.1. Sobolev spaces and control norms

An important threshold for our energy estimates corresponds to the uniform control parameters AA and BB given by (1.14) and (1.15), respectively. Of these AA is at scaling, while BB is one half of a derivative above scaling. Thus, by Lemma 2.4 we will have the bounds

(2.11) A(r,v)𝐇2k,k>k0=d+12+12κ,A\lesssim\|(r,v)\|_{{\mathbf{H}}^{2k}},\qquad k>k_{0}=\frac{d+1}{2}+\frac{1}{2\kappa},

respectively

(2.12) B(r,v)𝐇2k,k>k0+12=d+22+12κ.B\lesssim\|(r,v)\|_{{\mathbf{H}}^{2k}},\qquad k>k_{0}+\frac{1}{2}=\frac{d+2}{2}+\frac{1}{2\kappa}.

2.3.2. The regularity of the free boundary

Another property to consider for our flow, in dimension n2n\geq 2, is the regularity of the free boundary, as well as the regularity of the velocity restricted to the free boundary. This is given by trace theorems and the embedding (2.4):

Lemma 2.7.

Suppose that (r,v)𝐇2k(r,v)\in{\mathbf{H}}^{2k} and that 2k1κ2k-\frac{1}{\kappa} is not an even integer. Then Γt\Gamma_{t} has regularity

ΓtHk12κ.\Gamma_{t}\in H^{k-\frac{1}{2\kappa}}.

If in addition 1κ\frac{1}{\kappa} is also not an odd integer then the velocity restricted to Γt\Gamma_{t} has class

vHk1212κ(Γt).v\in H^{\frac{k-1}{2}-\frac{1}{2\kappa}}(\Gamma_{t}).

These properties are provided here only for comparison purposes, and play no role in the sequel. This is because in this problem one cannot view the evolution of the free boundary as a stand alone flow, not even at leading order. In particular, a-priori this velocity does not suffice in order to transport the regularity of Γt\Gamma_{t}; instead the boundary evolution should be viewed as a part of the interior evolution. Indeed, we will see that there is some interesting cancellation arising from the structure of the equations which facilitates this.

2.4. Regularization and good kernels

An important ingredient in our construction of solutions to our free boundary evolution is to have good regularization operators associated to each dyadic frequency scale 2h2^{h}, h0h\geq 0. These operators will need to accomplish two distinct goals:

  • Fixed domain regularization. Given (s,v)2k(Ω)(s,v)\in{\mathcal{H}}^{2k}(\Omega), construct regularizations (sh,wh)(s^{h},w^{h}) within the same 2j(Ω){\mathcal{H}}^{2j}(\Omega) scale of spaces.

  • State and domain regularization. Given (r,v)𝐇2k(r,v)\in{\mathbf{H}}^{2k}, where the first component defines a domain Ω\Omega, construct regularizations (rh,vh)(r^{h},v^{h}) within the 𝐇2j{\mathbf{H}}^{2j} scale of spaces, where the regularized domains Ωh\Omega_{h} are defined by rhr^{h}, Ωh:={xd|rh(x)>0}\Omega_{h}:=\{x\in\mathbb{R}^{d}\,|\,r^{h}(x)>0\}.

We begin with some heuristic considerations and notations. Given a dyadic frequency scale hh, our regularizations will need to select frequencies ξ\xi with the property that rξ222hr\xi^{2}\lesssim 2^{2h}, which would require kernels on the scale

δxr122h.\delta x\approx r^{\frac{1}{2}}2^{-h}.

However, if we are too close to the boundary, i.e. r22hr\ll 2^{-2h}, then we run into trouble with the uncertainty principle, as we would have δxr\delta x\gg r. Because of this, we select the spatial scale r22hr\lesssim 2^{-2h} and the associated frequency scale 22h2^{2h} as cutoffs in this analysis.

To describe this process, it is convenient to decompose a neighbourhood of the boundary Γ\Gamma into boundary layers. We denote the dyadic boundary layer associated to the frequency 2h2^{h} by

(2.13) Ω[h]={xΩ,r(x)22h},\Omega^{[h]}=\{x\in\Omega,\ r(x)\approx 2^{-2h}\},

the corresponding full boundary strip by

(2.14) Ω[>h]={xΩ,r(x)22h},\Omega^{[>h]}=\{x\in\Omega,\ r(x)\lesssim 2^{-2h}\},

and the corresponding interior region by

(2.15) Ω[<h]={xΩ,r(x)22h}.\Omega^{[<h]}=\{x\in\Omega,\ r(x)\gtrsim 2^{-2h}\}.

We will also use dyadic enlargements of Ω\Omega, denoted by

(2.16) Ω~[h]={xd,d(x,Ω)c22h},{\tilde{\Omega}}^{[h]}=\{x\in\mathbb{R}^{d},\ \ d(x,\Omega)\leq c2^{-2h}\},

with a small universal constant cc, and

(2.17) Ω~[>h]={xd,d(x,Γ)c22h}.{\tilde{\Omega}}^{[>h]}=\{x\in\mathbb{R}^{d},\ \ d(x,\Gamma)\leq c2^{-2h}\}.
Γ\Gamma  22h\,\ 2^{-2h}\ \qquadΩ[>h]\,\Omega^{[>h]}\ 22h\,\quad 2^{-2h\,}Ω[h]\,\quad\Omega^{[h]}\,22h\,\quad 2^{-2h\,}Ω[<h]\Omega^{[<h]}Ω~[h]\tilde{\Omega}^{[h]}
Figure 1. Boundary layers associated to frequency scale 2h2^{h}.

Given a domain Ω\Omega with a nondegenerate Lipschitz defining function rr, and (s,w)(s,w) functions in Ω\Omega, we will define regularizations (sh,wh)(s^{h},w^{h}) associated to the hh dyadic scale using smooth kernels KhK^{h},

(sh,wh)(x)=Ψh(s,v):=Kh(x,y)(s,w)(y)𝑑y.(s^{h},w^{h})(x)=\Psi^{h}(s,v):=\int K^{h}(x,y)(s,w)(y)\,dy.

The heuristic discussion above leads to the following notion of good kernels:

Definition 2.8.

The family of kernels KhK^{h} are called good regularization kernels if the following properties are satisfied:

  1. i)

    Domain and localization:

    (2.18) Kh:Ω~[h]×ΩK^{h}:{\tilde{\Omega}}^{[h]}\times\Omega\to\mathbb{R}

    with support properties

    (2.19) supp Kh{(x,y)Ω~[h]×Ω<h,|xy|δyh:=22h+2hr(y)12}.\text{supp }K^{h}\subset\{(x,y)\in{\tilde{\Omega}}^{[h]}\times\Omega^{<h},\ \ |x-y|\lesssim\delta y^{h}:=2^{-2h}+2^{-h}r(y)^{\frac{1}{2}}\}.
  2. ii)

    Size and regularity

    (2.20) |xαyβKh(x,y)|(22h+2hr(y)12)N|α||β|,|α|+|β|4N,|\partial_{x}^{\alpha}\partial_{y}^{\beta}K^{h}(x,y)|\lesssim(2^{-2h}+2^{-h}r(y)^{\frac{1}{2}})^{-N-|\alpha|-|\beta|},\qquad|\alpha|+|\beta|\leq 4N,

    where NN is large enough.

  3. iii)

    Approximate identity,

    (2.21) Kh(x,y)𝑑y=1,\int K^{h}(x,y)\,dy=1,
    (2.22) Kh(x,y)(xy)α𝑑y=0,1|α|2N.\int K^{h}(x,y)(x-y)^{\alpha}\,dy=0,\qquad 1\leq|\alpha|\leq 2N.

Notably, the first property will allow us to define the regularizations (sh,wh)(s^{h},w^{h}) in the extended domain Ω~[h]{\tilde{\Omega}}^{[h]}, with dyadic mapping properties as follows:

  • For j<hj<h, the regularizations (sh,wh)(s^{h},w^{h}) in Ω[j]\Omega^{[j]} are determined by (s,w)(s,w) also in Ω[j]\Omega^{[j]}.

  • For the hh layers, the regularizations (sh,wh)(s^{h},w^{h}) in Ω~[>h]{\tilde{\Omega}}^{[>h]} are determined by (s,w)(s,w) only in Ω[h]\Omega^{[h]}.

Thus our regularization operators use their inputs only outside the 22h2^{-2h} boundary layer, but provide outputs in a 22h2^{-2h} enlargement of the domain Ω\Omega. Such a property is critical in order to have good domain regularization properties.

The role of the third property on the other hand is to ensure that polynomials of sufficiently small degree are reproduced by our regularizations. This will later provide good low frequency bounds for differences of successive regularizations.

Regularization kernels with these properties ca be easily constructed:

Lemma 2.9.

Good regularization kernels exist.

Proof.

We outline the steps in the kernel construction, leaving the details for the reader:

a) We consider a unit vector ee which is uniformly transversal to the boundary, outward oriented. Such an ee can be chosen locally, and kernels constructed based on a local choice of ee can be assembled together using a partition of unity in the first variable.

b) Given such an ee, we consider a smooth bump function ϕ\phi with properties as follows:

  • the support of ϕ\phi is such that

    suppϕB(e,δ),δ1,\operatorname{\mathrm{supp}}\phi\subset B(e,\delta),\qquad\delta\ll 1,
  • its average is 11:

    ϕ(x)𝑑x=1,\int\phi(x)\,dx=1,
  • and, it has zero moments

    xαϕ(x)𝑑x=0,1|α|N.\int x^{\alpha}\phi(x)\,dx=0,\qquad 1\leq|\alpha|\lesssim N.

c) For each dyadic scale mm we consider a shifted regularizing kernel

K0m(xy)=22mdϕ(22m(xy))K^{m}_{0}(x-y)=2^{2md}\phi(2^{2m}(x-y))

on the 22m2^{-2m} scale, which is accurate to any order.

Correspondingly we also consider a partition of unity in Ω\Omega,

1=m=0χm,1=\sum_{m=0}^{\infty}\chi_{m},

where the functions χm\chi_{m} select the region Ω[m]\Omega^{[m]} and are smooth on the 22m2^{-2m} scale. Given a fixed dyadic scale hh, we adapt this partition of unity to hh,

1=χ>h+m=0hχm,1=\chi_{>h}+\sum_{m=0}^{h}\chi_{m},

where the first term χ>h\chi_{>h} can be extended by 11 to the exterior of Ω\Omega.

d) We define the regularization kernels

Kh(x,y):=χ>h(x)K0h(xy)+m=0hχm(x)K0m(xy),K^{h}(x,y):=\chi_{>h}(x)K^{h}_{0}(x-y)+\sum_{m=0}^{h}\chi_{m}(x)K^{m}_{0}(x-y),

which are still accurate to any order. It is easily verified that these kernels have the desired properties.

Next we prove bounds for our regularizations in 2k{\mathcal{H}}^{2k} spaces:

Proposition 2.10.

The following estimates hold for good regularization kernels whenever r1r_{1} is a nondegenerate defining function with |rr1|22h|r-r_{1}|\ll 2^{-2h}:

a) Regularization bound:

(2.23) Ψh(s,w)r12k+2j22jh(s,w)r2k,j0,\|\Psi^{h}(s,w)\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2k+2j}_{r_{1}}}\lesssim 2^{2jh}\|(s,w)\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2k}_{r}},\qquad\qquad j\geq 0,

b) Difference bound:

(2.24) (Ψh+1Ψh)(s,w)r12k+2j22jh(s,w)r2k,kj0,\|(\Psi^{h+1}-\Psi^{h})(s,w)\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2k+2j}_{r_{1}}}\lesssim 2^{2jh}\|(s,w)\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2k}_{r}},\qquad-k\leq j\leq 0,

c) Error bound

(2.25) (IΨh)(s,w)r2k+2j22jh(s,w)r2k,kj0.\|(I-\Psi^{h})(s,w)\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2k+2j}_{r}}\lesssim 2^{2jh}\|(s,w)\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2k}_{r}},\qquad-k\leq j\leq 0.

Here we recall that the regularized functions Ψh(s,v)\Psi^{h}(s,v) are defined on the larger domain Ω~[h]{\tilde{\Omega}}^{[h]}. This is what allows us to measure them with respect to a perturbed domain Ω1={r1>0}\Omega_{1}=\{r_{1}>0\} as long as the two boundaries are within O(22h)O(2^{-2h}) of each other.

Proof.

By interpolation we can assume that kk and jj are both integers. Because of the support properties of KhK_{h}, we can prove the desired estimate separately in each boundary layer Ω[l]\Omega^{[l]}, for 0lh0\leq l\leq h, and then separately for Ω~[>h]{\tilde{\Omega}}^{[>h]}. For instance in the case of (2.23) we will show that

(2.26) Ψh(s,w)2k+2j(Ω[l])22hj(s,w)2k(Ω[l]),\|\Psi^{h}(s,w)\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2k+2j}(\Omega^{[l]})}\lesssim 2^{2hj}\|(s,w)\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2k}(\Omega^{[l]})},

where the domain restricted norms are interpreted as the square integral of the appropriate quantities over the restricted domains999In a standard fashion, we also need to allow the domain on the right to be a slight enlargement of the domain on the left..

The above localization allows us to fix the rr dependent localization scale δx=2(h+l){\delta x}=2^{-(h+l)} for Ψh\Psi^{h}, which becomes akin to a scaling parameter. Even better, we can localize further to a ball BδxΩ[l]B_{\delta x}\subset\Omega^{[l]} and show that

Ψh(s,w)2k+2j(Bδx)22jh(s,w)2k(2Bδx).\|\Psi^{h}(s,w)\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2k+2j}(B_{{\delta x}})}\lesssim 2^{2jh}\|(s,w)\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2k}(2B_{{\delta x}})}.

Consider one component of the norm on the left, namely the maximal one, and show that

(2.27) r1k+j2(k+j)Ψh(s,w)r1(Bδx)rk2k(s,w)r(Bδx).\|r_{1}^{k+j}\partial^{2(k+j)}\Psi^{h}(s,w)\|_{{\mathcal{H}}_{r_{1}}(B_{\delta x})}\lesssim\|r^{k}\partial^{2k}(s,w)\|_{{\mathcal{H}}_{r}(B_{\delta x})}.

To avoid distracting technicalities, consider first the case l<hl<h, where the weights are constant and can be dropped. Then the above inequality becomes

(2.28) 2(k+j)ΨhuL2(Bδx)22j(h+l)2kuL2(2Bδx).\|\partial^{2(k+j)}\Psi^{h}u\|_{L^{2}(B_{{\delta x}})}\lesssim 2^{2j(h+l)}\|\partial^{2k}u\|_{L^{2}(2B_{\delta x})}.

The difficulty here is that we only have control over the derivatives of uu (here uu can be replaced by either ss or ww). We can bypass this difficulty using (a higher order version of) Poincare’s inequality in BδrB_{\delta r}, which allows us to find a polynomial PP of degree 2k12k-1 so that

b(uP)L2(Bδx)δx2kb2kuL2(Bδx),0b<2k.\|\partial^{b}(u-P)\|_{L^{2}(B_{\delta x})}\lesssim{\delta x}^{2k-b}\|\partial^{2k}u\|_{L^{2}(B_{{\delta x}})},\qquad 0\leq b<2k.

The property (2.22) shows that KhP=PK^{h}P=P, therefore in (2.28) we can replace uu by uPu-P, for which we have better control of the lower Sobolev norms. Then the estimate (2.28) easily follows.

Minor adjustments to this argument are needed in Ω[h]\Omega^{[h]}. Then δx22h{\delta x}\approx 2^{-2h}, and we can still freeze rr in the input region to r=22hr=2^{-2h}. On the other hand in the output region we have r122hr_{1}\lesssim 2^{-2h}, which still allows us to drop the r1kr_{1}^{k} weight. The Poincare inequality still applies. The only difference is that the weight in the {\mathcal{H}} norm on the left might be singular. However, this weight is nevertheless square integrable near the boundary, which suffices due to the fact that in effect in BδxB_{{\delta x}} we can obtain pointwise control for 2k+2jΨh(uP)\partial^{2k+2j}\Psi^{h}(u-P).

Now we consider the case (b). There the same localization applies, and the main difference in the proof is that now for a polynomial PP of degree at most 2N2N we have

(Ψh+1Ψh)P=0.(\Psi^{h+1}-\Psi^{h})P=0.

This in turn allows us to also substitute uu by uPu-P in (2.28) when jj is negative. The rest of the argument is identical.

Finally, for the bound (2.25) we simply add up (2.24) for scales >h>h. ∎

Given a rough state (r,v)𝐇2k(r,v)\in{\mathbf{H}}^{2k}, we can use the above Lemma to construct a regularized state (rh,vh)(r^{h},v^{h}) as follows:

  1. a)

    We define the regularized functions (rh,vh)(r^{h},v^{h}) in the larger domain Ω~[h]{\tilde{\Omega}}^{[h]} by

    (rh,vh)=Ψh(r,v).(r^{h},v^{h})=\Psi^{h}(r,v).
  2. b)

    We restrict (rh,vh)(r^{h},v^{h}) to the set101010Here and below we use subscripts for Ω\Omega as in Ω={r>0}\Omega_{*}=\{r^{*}>0\} to indicate the domain associated to a function rr^{*}, and the superscripts Ω[]\Omega^{[*]} to select various boundary layers. Ωh:={rh>0}\Omega_{h}:=\{r^{h}>0\}.

Such a strategy works provided that the domain Ω~[h]{\tilde{\Omega}}^{[h]} is large enough in order to allow rhr^{h} to transition to negative values before reaching the boundary of its domain. We will see that this is indeed true provided that kk is above the scaling exponent k0k_{0}. Our main result is stated below. For better accuracy, we use the language of frequency envelopes to state it.

Proposition 2.11.

Assume that k>k0k>k_{0}. Then given a state (r,v)𝐇2k(r,v)\in{\mathbf{H}}^{2k}, there exists a family of regularizations (rh,vh)𝐇2k(r^{h},v^{h})\in{\mathbf{H}}^{2k}, so that the following properties hold for a slowly varying frequency envelope ch2c_{h}\in\ell^{2} which satisfies

(2.29) ch2A(r,v)𝐇2k.\|c_{h}\|_{\ell^{2}}\lesssim_{A}\|(r,v)\|_{{\mathbf{H}}^{2k}}.
  1. i)

    Good approximation,

    (2.30) (rh,vh)(r,v) in C1×C12 as h,(r^{h},v^{h})\to(r,v)\quad\text{ in }C^{1}\times C^{\frac{1}{2}}\quad\text{ as }h\to\infty,

    and

    (2.31) rhrL(Ω)22(kk0+1)h.\|r^{h}-r\|_{L^{\infty}(\Omega)}\lesssim 2^{-2(k-k_{0}+1)h}.
  2. ii)

    Uniform bound,

    (2.32) (rh,vh)𝐇2kA(r,v)𝐇2k.\|(r^{h},v^{h})\|_{{\mathbf{H}}^{2k}}\lesssim_{A}\|(r,v)\|_{{\mathbf{H}}^{2k}}.
  3. iii)

    Higher regularity

    (2.33) (rh,vh)𝐇h2k+2j22hjch,j>0.\|(r^{h},v^{h})\|_{{\mathbf{H}}^{2k+2j}_{h}}\lesssim 2^{2hj}c_{h},\qquad j>0.
  4. iv)

    Low frequency difference bound:

    (2.34) (rh+1,vh+1)(rh,vh)r~22hkch|r~r|22h.\|(r^{h+1},v^{h+1})-(r^{h},v^{h})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}_{\tilde{r}}}\lesssim 2^{-2hk}c_{h}\qquad|\tilde{r}-r|\ll 2^{-2h}.
Proof.

To start with, we will assume that (rh,vh)(r^{h},v^{h}) are defined in the larger set Ω~[h]{\tilde{\Omega}}^{[h]} using good regularization kernels KhK_{h},

(rh,vh)=Ψh(r,v).(r^{h},v^{h})=\Psi^{h}(r,v).

By Sobolev embeddings we know that

(r,v)C1+kk0×C12+kk0(Ω).(r,v)\in C^{1+k-k_{0}}\times C^{\frac{1}{2}+k-k_{0}}(\Omega).

This easily implies the uniform bound for (rh,vh)(r^{h},v^{h}) in C1×C12(Ω~[h])C^{1}\times C^{\frac{1}{2}}({\tilde{\Omega}}^{[h]}), as well as the convergence in the same topology to (r,v)(r,v) in Ω\Omega. It also implies the pointwise bound (2.31). This in turn shows that on the boundary Γ\Gamma we have |rh|22(kk0+1)h|r^{h}|\lesssim 2^{-2(k-k_{0}+1)h}, therefore the zero set Γh={rh=0}\Gamma_{h}=\{r^{h}=0\} is within distance 22(kk0+1)h2^{-2(k-k_{0}+1)h} from Γ\Gamma, and thus within Ω~[h]{\tilde{\Omega}}^{[h]}. This ensures that (rh,vh)(r^{h},v^{h}) restricted to Ωh={rh>0}\Omega_{h}=\{r^{h}>0\} is a well defined state.

Next we consider the bound (2.32). In view of the difference bound (2.31), this is a consequence of (2.23) with r1=rhr_{1}=r^{h} and j=0j=0.

It remains to prove (2.33) and (2.34). If we were to replace chc_{h} by 11 on the right, this would also follow from Proposition 2.10. To gain the extra decay associated with a frequency envelope, for the functions (r,v)(r,v) we will use the interpolation space representation given by Lemma 2.5 with NN sufficiently large,

(2.35) (r,v)=l=0(sl,wl),(r,v)=\sum_{l=0}^{\infty}(s_{l},w_{l}),

for which the norm in (2.9) is finite. Accordingly, we can choose a slowly varying frequency envelope clc_{l} so that

(2.36) (sl,wl)22lkcl,(sl,wl)2N22l(Nk)cl.\|(s_{l},w_{l})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}}\leq 2^{-2lk}c_{l},\qquad\|(s_{l},w_{l})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2N}}\leq 2^{2l(N-k)}c_{l}.

with

cl2(r,v)𝐇2k2.\sum c_{l}^{2}\lesssim\|(r,v)\|_{{\mathbf{H}}^{2k}}^{2}.

The frequency envelope clc_{l} above is the one we will use in the Proposition. The property (2.29) is then automatically satisfied.


iii) Proof of (2.33). Our starting point is again the decomposition (2.35)-(2.36) for (r,v)(r,v), but now we separate the contributions of lkl\leq k and l>kl>k.

a) Low frequency components l<kl<k. Using the Ψh\Psi^{h} bounds in Proposition 2.10, the bounds for (rl,vl)(r_{l},v_{l}) carry over to Ψh(rl,vl)\Psi^{h}(r_{l},v_{l}), namely

Ψh(sl,wl)22lkcl,Ψh(sl,wl)2N22l(Nk)cl.\|\Psi^{h}(s_{l},w_{l})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}}\leq 2^{-2lk}c_{l},\qquad\|\Psi^{h}(s_{l},w_{l})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2N}}\leq 2^{2l(N-k)}c_{l}.

Then by interpolation we have

(2.37) Ψh(sl,wl)2k+2j22ljcl.\|\Psi^{h}(s_{l},w_{l})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2k+2j}}\lesssim 2^{2lj}c_{l}.

b) High frequency components lkl\geq k. Here we discard the 2N{\mathcal{H}}^{2N} bound, and instead estimate directly

(2.38) Kh(sl,wl)2k+2j22h(j+k)(sl,wl)22jh22(hl)jcl.\|K_{h}(s_{l},w_{l})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2k+2j}}\lesssim 2^{2h(j+k)}\|(s_{l},w_{l})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}}\lesssim 2^{2jh}2^{2(h-l)j}c_{l}.

Combining (2.37) and (2.38), we obtain

Kh(r,v)2k+2jlh22ljcl+l>h22jh22(hl)jclch\|K_{h}(r,v)\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2k+2j}}\lesssim\sum_{l\leq h}2^{2lj}c_{l}+\sum_{l>h}2^{2jh}2^{2(h-l)j}c_{l}\lesssim c_{h}

as needed.


v) Proof of (2.34). We follow the same strategy as above, where we still can use all the Ψh\Psi^{h} bounds in Proposition 2.10, but with the difference that now we also have access to the difference bound in (2.24).

Starting with the decomposition (2.35)-(2.36) for (r,v)(r,v), we observe that the {\mathcal{H}} bound for (rl,vl)(r_{l},v_{l}) suffices in the high frequency case lhl\geq h. It remains to consider the low frequency case l<hl<h, where we will have to rely instead on the 2N{\mathcal{H}}^{2N} norm. Precisely, by (2.24) we have

(2.39) hKh(rl,vl)22Nh(rl,vl)2N,\|\partial_{h}K^{h}(r_{l},v_{l})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}}\lesssim 2^{-2Nh}\|(r_{l},v_{l})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2N}},

which again, combined with (2.36), suffices after dyadic ll summation. ∎


2.5. Interpolation inequalities

Next we consider LpL^{p} interpolation type inequalities, which are critical in order to prove our sharp, scale invariant energy estimates.

For clarity and later use we provide a more general interpolation result. Our main result, which applies in any Lipschitz domain Ω\Omega with a nondegenerate defining function rr, is as follows:

Proposition 2.12.

Let σ0,σm\sigma_{0},\sigma_{m}\in\mathbb{R} and 1p0,pm1\leq p_{0},p_{m}\leq\infty. Define

(2.40) θj=jm,1pj=1θjp0+θjpm,σj=σ0(1θj)+σmθj,\theta_{j}=\frac{j}{m},\qquad\frac{1}{p_{j}}=\frac{1-\theta_{j}}{p_{0}}+\frac{\theta_{j}}{p_{m}},\qquad\sigma_{j}=\sigma_{0}(1-\theta_{j})+\sigma_{m}\theta_{j},

and assume that

(2.41) mσmd(1pm1p0)>σ0,σj>1pj.m-\sigma_{m}-d\left(\frac{1}{p_{m}}-\frac{1}{p_{0}}\right)>-\sigma_{0},\qquad\sigma_{j}>-\frac{1}{p_{j}}.

Then for 0<j<m0<j<m we have

(2.42) rσjjfLpjrσ0fLp01θjrσmmfLpmθj.\|r^{\sigma_{j}}\partial^{j}f\|_{L^{p_{j}}}\lesssim\|r^{\sigma_{0}}f\|_{L^{p_{0}}}^{1-\theta_{j}}\|r^{\sigma_{m}}\partial^{m}f\|_{L^{p_{m}}}^{\theta_{j}}.
Remark 2.13.

One particular case of the above proposition which will be used later is when p0=p1=p2=2p_{0}=p_{1}=p_{2}=2, with the corresponding relation in between the exponents of the rσjr^{\sigma_{j}} weights.

As the objective here is to interpolate between the L2L^{2} type m,σ{\mathcal{H}}^{m,\sigma} norm and LL^{\infty} bounds, we will need the following straightforward consequence of Proposition 2.12:

Proposition 2.14.

Let σm>12\sigma_{m}>-\frac{1}{2} and

(2.43) mσmd2>0.m-\sigma_{m}-\frac{d}{2}>0.

Define

(2.44) θj=jm,1pj=θj2,σj=σmθj.\theta_{j}=\frac{j}{m},\qquad\frac{1}{p_{j}}=\frac{\theta_{j}}{2},\qquad\sigma_{j}=\sigma_{m}\theta_{j}.

Then for 0<j<m0<j<m we have

(2.45) rσjjfLpjfL1θjrσmmfL2θj.\|r^{\sigma_{j}}\partial^{j}f\|_{L^{p_{j}}}\lesssim\|f\|_{L^{\infty}}^{1-\theta_{j}}\|r^{\sigma_{m}}\partial^{m}f\|_{L^{2}}^{\theta_{j}}.

We will also need the following two variations of Proposition 2.14:

Proposition 2.15.

Let σm>12\sigma_{m}>-\frac{1}{2} and

m12σmd2>0.m-\frac{1}{2}-\sigma_{m}-\frac{d}{2}>0.

Define

σj=σmθj,θj=2j12m1,1pj=θj2.\sigma_{j}=\sigma_{m}\theta_{j},\quad\theta_{j}=\frac{2j-1}{2m-1},\quad\frac{1}{p_{j}}=\frac{\theta_{j}}{2}.

Then for 0<j<m0<j<m we have

rσjjfLpjfC˙121θjrσmmfL2θj\|r^{\sigma_{j}}\partial^{j}f\|_{L^{p_{j}}}\lesssim\|f\|^{1-\theta_{j}}_{\dot{C}^{\frac{1}{2}}}\|r^{\sigma_{m}}\partial^{m}f\|^{\theta_{j}}_{L^{2}}

respectively

Proposition 2.16.

Let σm>m22\sigma_{m}>\frac{m-2}{2} and

m12σmd2>0.m-\frac{1}{2}-\sigma_{m}-\frac{d}{2}>0.

Define

σj=σmθj12(1θj),θj=jm,1pj=θj2.\sigma_{j}=\sigma_{m}\theta_{j}-\frac{1}{2}(1-\theta_{j}),\quad\theta_{j}=\frac{j}{m},\quad\frac{1}{p_{j}}=\frac{\theta_{j}}{2}.

Then for 0<j<m0<j<m we have

rσjjfLpjfC~0,121θjrσmmfL2θj\|r^{\sigma_{j}}\partial^{j}f\|_{L^{p_{j}}}\lesssim\|f\|^{1-\theta_{j}}_{{\tilde{C}^{0,\frac{1}{2}}}}\|r^{\sigma_{m}}\partial^{m}f\|^{\theta_{j}}_{L^{2}}

Here the role of the lower bound on σm\sigma_{m} is to ensure that σj>1pj\sigma_{j}>-\frac{1}{p_{j}} for all intermediate jj, where the j=1j=1 constraint is the strongest.

We will use the last two propositions for (r,v)(r,v), where the pointwise bound comes from the control norms AA and BB.

Proof of Proposition 2.12.

We begin with several simplifications. First we note that it suffices to prove the case m=2m=2 and j=1j=1. Then the general case follows by reiteration. Indeed the case m=2m=2 allows us to compare any three consecutive norms

rσj+1j+1fLpj+1rσjjfLpj12rσj+2j+2fLpj+212.\|r^{\sigma_{j+1}}\partial^{j+1}f\|_{L^{p_{j+1}}}\leq\|r^{\sigma_{j}}\partial^{j}f\|^{\frac{1}{2}}_{L^{p_{j}}}\|r^{\sigma_{j+2}}\partial^{j+2}f\|^{\frac{1}{2}}_{L^{p_{j+2}}}.

and then the main estimates (2.42) follows from combining the above bounds.

A second simplification is to observe that we can also reduce the problem to the one dimensional case, which we state in the following lemma:

Lemma 2.17.

Let pj[1,]p_{j}\in[1,\infty], and σj\sigma_{j}\in\mathbb{R} with j=0,2¯j=\overline{0,2}, so that

1p2+1p0=2p1, and σ0+σ2=2σ1,\frac{1}{p_{2}}+\frac{1}{p_{0}}=\frac{2}{p_{1}},\quad\mbox{ and }\quad\sigma_{0}+\sigma_{2}=2\sigma_{1},

and with

2d(1p21p0)>σ2σ0,σ1>1p1.2-d\left(\frac{1}{p_{2}}-\frac{1}{p_{0}}\right)>\sigma_{2}-\sigma_{0},\qquad\sigma_{1}>-\frac{1}{p_{1}}.

Then the following inequality holds

(2.46) xσ1fLp1xσ0fLp012xσ22fLp212,\|x^{\sigma_{1}}\partial f\|_{L^{p_{1}}}\lesssim\|x^{\sigma_{0}}f\|_{L^{p_{0}}}^{\frac{1}{2}}\|x^{\sigma_{2}}\partial^{2}f\|_{L^{p_{2}}}^{\frac{1}{2}},

To see that the nn-dimensional case reduces to the one dimensional case, we consider a constant vector field XX which is transversal to the boundary, apply (2.46), with xx replaced by rr, on every XX line Ωy\Omega_{y} in Ω\Omega, where yy denotes the transversal direction. We raise it to the power pp and integrate in yy. This yields

rσ1XfLp1(Ω)p1rσ0fLp0(Ωy)p12rσ2X2fLp2(Ωy)p12𝑑yrσ0fLp0(Ω)p12rσ2X2fLp2(Ω)p12,\begin{split}\|r^{\sigma_{1}}Xf\|_{L^{p_{1}}(\Omega)}^{p_{1}}\lesssim&\ \int\|r^{\sigma_{0}}f\|_{L^{p_{0}}(\Omega_{y})}^{\frac{p_{1}}{2}}\|r^{\sigma_{2}}X^{2}f\|_{L^{p_{2}}(\Omega_{y})}^{\frac{p_{1}}{2}}dy\\ \lesssim&\ \|r^{\sigma_{0}}f\|_{L^{p_{0}}(\Omega)}^{\frac{p_{1}}{2}}\|r^{\sigma_{2}}X^{2}f\|_{L^{p_{2}}(\Omega)}^{\frac{p_{1}}{2}},\end{split}

where at the second step we have used Hölder’s inequality. The full nn-dimensional bound is obtained by applying the above estimate for a finite number of vector fields XX which (i) are transversal to the boundary and (ii) span n\mathbb{R}^{n}. It remains to prove the last Lemma 2.17:

Proof of Lemma 2.17.

This interpolation inequality is a weighted Gagliardo–Nirenberg-Sobolev inequality, see[24]. One main ingredient in the original proof given in [24] for the unweighted case, is the following inequality due to P. Ungar:

Proposition 2.18.

On an interval II, whose length is denoted by λ\lambda, one has

uxLp1(I)p1λ1+p1p1p2uxxLp2(I)p1+λ(1+p1p1p2)uLp0(I)p1,\|u_{x}\|_{L^{p_{1}}(I)}^{p_{1}}\lesssim\lambda^{1+p_{1}-\frac{p_{1}}{p_{2}}}\|u_{xx}\|^{p_{1}}_{L^{p_{2}}(I)}+\lambda^{-(1+p_{1}-\frac{p_{1}}{p_{2}})}\|u\|^{p_{1}}_{L^{p_{0}}(I)},

where pj[1,]p_{j}\in[1,\infty], j=0,2¯j=\overline{0,2}

The heuristic interpretation of Proposition (2.18) is that the average of the first derivative of a function is controlled by its pointwise values, and its variation is controlled by its second derivative. This observation yields the balance between the parameters mm, σ0\sigma_{0}, σ1\sigma_{1} and σ2\sigma_{2} in Lemma 2.46. We will use the same result here to prove (2.46).

The first step is to use a dyadic spatial decomposition of +\mathbb{R}^{+}, such that the interval II in Proposition 2.18 is fully contained in a generic interval [r,2r][r,2r], where r=2kr=2^{k}, and kk\in\mathbb{Z}. Using Proposition (2.18), we have

rσ1p1fLp1(I)p1=xσ1fLp1(I)p1rp1(σ1σ2)λ1+p1p1p2xσ22fLp2(I)p1+r(σ1σ0)p1λ(1+p1p1p0)xσ0fLp0(I)p1.\begin{split}r^{\sigma_{1}p_{1}}\|\partial f\|_{L^{p_{1}}(I)}^{p_{1}}&=\|x^{\sigma_{1}}\partial f\|^{p_{1}}_{L^{p_{1}}(I)}\\ &\lesssim r^{p_{1}(\sigma_{1}-\sigma_{2})}\lambda^{1+p_{1}-\frac{p_{1}}{p_{2}}}\|x^{\sigma_{2}}\partial^{2}f\|^{p_{1}}_{L^{p_{2}}(I)}+r^{(\sigma_{1}-\sigma_{0})p_{1}}\lambda^{-(1+p_{1}-\frac{p_{1}}{p_{0}})}\|x^{\sigma_{0}}f\|_{L^{p_{0}}(I)}^{p_{1}}.\end{split}

To get from this inequality to (2.46) it would be convenient to know that the last two terms in the above inequality are comparable in size. One can try to achieve this by increasing the size of the interval II until this is true. The difficulty is when this it cannot be done without going past the dyadic interval size. So the natural strategy is to consider the dyadic decomposition of interval [0,][0,\infty] and compare the Lp2L^{p_{2}} and Lp0L^{p_{0}} norms in each of these dyadic intervals.

If on any such dyadic interval we get

(2.47) rp1(σ1σ2)+1+p1p1p2xσ22fLp2([r,2r])p1r(σ1σ0)p1(1+p1p1p2)xσ0fLp0([r,2r])p1r^{p_{1}(\sigma_{1}-\sigma_{2})+1+p_{1}-\frac{p_{1}}{p_{2}}}\|x^{\sigma_{2}}\partial^{2}f\|^{p_{1}}_{L^{p_{2}}([r,2r])}\geq r^{(\sigma_{1}-\sigma_{0})p_{1}-(1+p_{1}-\frac{p_{1}}{p_{2}})}\|x^{\sigma_{0}}f\|_{L^{p_{0}}([r,2r])}^{p_{1}}

then we subdivide this interval into pieces where these two terms are comparable, and complete the proof of (2.46) within this interval.

Unfortunately this may not be the case in all dyadic subintervals. To rectify this we introduce a slowly varying frequency envelopes {ck2}\left\{c^{2}_{k}\right\} for xσ22fLp2\|x^{\sigma_{2}}\partial^{2}f\|_{L^{p_{2}}} and {ck0}\left\{c^{0}_{k}\right\} for xσ0fLp0\|x^{\sigma_{0}}f\|_{L^{p_{0}}}, so that the following properties hold:

  • Control norm

    xσ22fLp2([Ik])ck2 and xσ0fLp0([Ik])ck0\|x^{\sigma_{2}}\partial^{2}f\|_{L^{p_{2}}([I_{k}])}\leq c^{2}_{k}\mbox{ and }\|x^{\sigma_{0}}f\|_{L^{p_{0}}([I_{k}])}\leq c^{0}_{k}
  • lp2l^{p_{2}} and lp0l^{p_{0}} summability

    k(ck2)p2xσ22fLp2p2 and k(ck0)p0xσ0fLp0p0\sum_{k}(c^{2}_{k})^{p_{2}}\approx\|x^{\sigma_{2}}\partial^{2}f\|^{p_{2}}_{L^{p_{2}}}\mbox{ and }\sum_{k}(c^{0}_{k})^{p_{0}}\approx\|x^{\sigma_{0}}f\|^{p_{0}}_{L^{p_{0}}}
  • Slowly varying

    ck0cj02δ|jk|, and ck2cj22δ|jk|\frac{c^{0}_{k}}{c^{0}_{j}}\lesssim 2^{\delta|j-k|},\mbox{ and }\frac{c^{2}_{k}}{c^{2}_{j}}\lesssim 2^{\delta|j-k|}

    for δ\delta small and positive.

Now, we compare again as in (2.47)

(2.48) 2k{p1(σ1σ2)+1+p1p1p2}(ck2)p12k{(σ1σ0)p1(1+p1p1p2)}(ck0)p12^{k\left\{p_{1}(\sigma_{1}-\sigma_{2})+1+p_{1}-\frac{p_{1}}{p_{2}}\right\}}(c^{2}_{k})^{p_{1}}\geq 2^{k\left\{(\sigma_{1}-\sigma_{0})p_{1}-(1+p_{1}-\frac{p_{1}}{p_{2}})\right\}}(c_{k}^{0})^{p_{1}}
(2.49) 2k{1+(σ1σ2)+1p11p2}ck22k{(σ1σ0)1(1p11p2)}ck02^{k\left\{1+(\sigma_{1}-\sigma_{2})+\frac{1}{p_{1}}-\frac{1}{p_{2}}\right\}}c^{2}_{k}\geq 2^{k\left\{(\sigma_{1}-\sigma_{0})-1-(\frac{1}{p_{1}}-\frac{1}{p_{2}})\right\}}c_{k}^{0}

which holds iff

ck22k{(σ2σ02)+1p21p0}ck0.c_{k}^{2}\geq 2^{k\left\{(\sigma_{2}-\sigma_{0}-2)+\frac{1}{p_{2}}-\frac{1}{p_{0}}\right\}}c_{k}^{0}.

In the dyadic regions where this holds we finish the proof as discussed above, by subdividing the dyadic intervals and applying Proposition 2.18. To see where the switch happens we observe that ck2c^{2}_{k} is slowly varying whereas the RHS of the inequality above decreases exponentially, as kk grows. Then we can find a unique k0k_{0} where the two are comparable,

(2.50) ck022k0{(σ2σ02)+1p21p0}ck00.c_{k_{0}}^{2}\approx 2^{k_{0}\left\{(\sigma_{2}-\sigma_{0}-2)+\frac{1}{p_{2}}-\frac{1}{p_{0}}\right\}}c_{k_{0}}^{0}.

Then (2.49) holds for kk0k\geq k_{0}, which implies that

(2.51) xσ1fLp1(Ik)p1(ck0ck2)p12.\|x^{\sigma_{1}}\partial f\|^{p_{1}}_{L^{p_{1}}(I_{k})}\lesssim(c_{k}^{0}c_{k}^{2})^{\frac{p_{1}}{2}}.

It remains to consider the case when k<k0k<k_{0}, where we are simply going to obtain a pointwise bound for f\partial f. Selecting a favorable point x0Ik0x_{0}\in I_{k_{0}}, i.e. where

(2.52) f(x0)2k0Ik0|f|𝑑x2(1p1+σ1)k0xσ1fLp1(Ik0)\partial f(x_{0})\lesssim 2^{-k_{0}}\int_{I_{k_{0}}}|\partial f|\,dx\lesssim 2^{-(\frac{1}{p_{1}}+\sigma_{1})k_{0}}\|x^{\sigma_{1}}\partial f\|_{L^{p_{1}}(I_{k_{0}})}

we estimate for xIk1x\in I_{k_{1}} with k1<k0k_{1}<k_{0}:

|f(x)||f(x0)|+xx0|2f|𝑑x|f(x0)|+k=k1k0Ik|2f|𝑑x|f(x0)|+k=k1k02k(p21p2σ2)xσ22fLp2(Ik)|f(x0)|+k=k1k02k(p21p2σ2)(ck2)|f(x0)|+2(k0k1)(p21p2+σ2+2δ)+2k0(p21p2σ2)(ck2).|f(x0)|+(x0/x)(p21p2+σ2+2δ)+2k0(p21p2σ2)(ck2).\begin{split}|\partial f(x)|\lesssim&\ |\partial f(x_{0})|+\int_{x}^{x_{0}}|\partial^{2}f|\,dx\\ \lesssim&\ |\partial f(x_{0})|+\sum_{k=k_{1}}^{k_{0}}\int_{I_{k}}|\partial^{2}f|\,dx\\ \lesssim&\ |\partial f(x_{0})|+\sum_{k=k_{1}}^{k_{0}}2^{k\left(\frac{p_{2}-1}{p_{2}}-\sigma_{2}\right)}\|x^{\sigma_{2}}\partial^{2}f\|_{L^{p_{2}}(I_{k})}\\ \lesssim&\ |\partial f(x_{0})|+\sum_{k=k_{1}}^{k_{0}}2^{k\left(\frac{p_{2}-1}{p_{2}}-\sigma_{2}\right)}(c_{k}^{2})\\ \lesssim&\ |\partial f(x_{0})|+2^{(k_{0}-k_{1})\left(-\frac{p_{2}-1}{p_{2}}+\sigma_{2}+2\delta\right)_{+}}\cdot 2^{k_{0}\left(\frac{p_{2}-1}{p_{2}}-\sigma_{2}\right)}(c_{k}^{2}).\\ \lesssim&\ |\partial f(x_{0})|+(x_{0}/x)^{\left(-\frac{p_{2}-1}{p_{2}}+\sigma_{2}+2\delta\right)_{+}}\cdot 2^{k_{0}\left(\frac{p_{2}-1}{p_{2}}-\sigma_{2}\right)}(c_{k}^{2}).\end{split}

Now we estimate using the bound above

(2.53) xσ1fLp1([0,x0])p1=0x0xp1σ1(f)p1𝑑xx0p1σ1+1|f(x0)|p1+2k0p1(p21p2+σ1σ2)x0(ck2),\|x^{\sigma_{1}}\partial f\|^{p_{1}}_{L^{p_{1}}([0,x_{0}])}=\int_{0}^{x_{0}}x^{p_{1}\sigma_{1}}(\partial f)^{p_{1}}\,dx\lesssim x_{0}^{p_{1}\sigma_{1}+1}|\partial f(x_{0})|^{p_{1}}+2^{k_{0}p_{1}\left(\frac{p_{2}-1}{p_{2}}+\sigma_{1}-\sigma_{2}\right)}x_{0}(c_{k}^{2}),

where the integral converges since as the exponents obey the restriction dictated by the scaling in (1.13), and δ\delta is sufficiently small. To finish the proof we observe that by (2.50) and (2.52), the RHS of (2.53) is comparable to the right hand side of (2.51) when k=k0k=k_{0}.

This concludes the proof of Lemma2.17. ∎

The proof of the Proposition 2.14 follows as a straightforward consequence. ∎

Proof of Proposition 2.15.

This is largely similar to the proof of Proposition 2.12, so we omit the details and only describe the key differences. The reduction to the case m=2m=2 is similar, using also the m=2m=2 case of Proposition 2.12, at least if we allow p2p_{2} to be arbitrary rather than 22. The one dimensional reduction is also similar. Thus we are left with having to prove the following analogue of Lemma 2.17

Lemma 2.19.

Let pj[1,]p_{j}\in[1,\infty], and σj\sigma_{j}\in\mathbb{R} with j=1,2¯j=\overline{1,2}, so that

1p2=3p1, and σ2=3σ1,\frac{1}{p_{2}}=\frac{3}{p_{1}},\quad\mbox{ and }\quad\sigma_{2}=3\sigma_{1},

and with

321p2>σ2,σ1>1p1.\frac{3}{2}-\frac{1}{p_{2}}>\sigma_{2},\qquad\sigma_{1}>-\frac{1}{p_{1}}.

Then the following inequality holds

(2.54) xσ1fLp1fC˙1223xσ22fLp213.\|x^{\sigma_{1}}\partial f\|_{L^{p_{1}}}\lesssim\|f\|_{\dot{C}^{\frac{1}{2}}}^{\frac{2}{3}}\|x^{\sigma_{2}}\partial^{2}f\|_{L^{p_{2}}}^{\frac{1}{3}}.

This Lemma is proved using the following analogue of Proposition 2.18, which is a straightforward exercise.

Proposition 2.20.

On an interval II, whose length is denoted by λ\lambda, one has

uxLp1(I)p1λ1+p1p1p2uxxLp2(I)p1+λ12(1+p1p1p2)uC˙12(I)p1,\|u_{x}\|_{L^{p_{1}}(I)}^{p_{1}}\lesssim\lambda^{1+p_{1}-\frac{p_{1}}{p_{2}}}\|u_{xx}\|^{p_{1}}_{L^{p_{2}}(I)}+\lambda^{-\frac{1}{2}(1+p_{1}-\frac{p_{1}}{p_{2}})}\|u\|^{p_{1}}_{\dot{C}^{\frac{1}{2}}(I)},

where pj[1,]p_{j}\in[1,\infty], j=0,2¯j=\overline{0,2}.

Proof of Proposition 2.16.

This is also similar to the proof of Proposition 2.12, so we omit the details and only describe the key differences. The reduction to the case m=2m=2 uses again the m=2m=2 case of Proposition 2.12, and the one dimensional reduction is also similar. Thus we are left with having to prove the following analogue of Lemma 2.17:

Lemma 2.21.

Let pj[1,]p_{j}\in[1,\infty], and σj\sigma_{j}\in\mathbb{R} with j=1,2¯j=\overline{1,2}, so that

1p2=2p1, and σ212=2σ1,\frac{1}{p_{2}}=\frac{2}{p_{1}},\quad\mbox{ and }\quad\sigma_{2}-\frac{1}{2}=2\sigma_{1},

and with

2dp2>σ2+12,σ1>1p1.2-\frac{d}{p_{2}}>\sigma_{2}+\frac{1}{2},\qquad\sigma_{1}>-\frac{1}{p_{1}}.

Then the following inequality holds

(2.55) xσ1fLp1fC~0,1212xσ22fLp212,\|x^{\sigma_{1}}\partial f\|_{L^{p_{1}}}\lesssim\|f\|_{{\tilde{C}^{0,\frac{1}{2}}}}^{\frac{1}{2}}\|x^{\sigma_{2}}\partial^{2}f\|_{L^{p_{2}}}^{\frac{1}{2}},

This Lemma is proved in the same fashion as Lemma 2.17 using directly Proposition 2.18 for f+cf+c with well chosen constants cc.

3. The linearized equations

This section is devoted to the study of the linearized equations, which have the form

(3.1) {ts+vs+wr+κ(sv+rw)=0tw+(v)w+(w)v+s=0.\left\{\begin{aligned} &\partial_{t}s+v\cdot\nabla s+w\cdot\nabla r+\kappa(s\nabla\cdot v+r\nabla\cdot w)=0\\ &\partial_{t}w+(v\cdot\nabla)w+(w\cdot\nabla)v+\nabla s=0.\end{aligned}\right.

Using the material derivative, these equations are written in the form

(3.2) {Dts+wr+κ(sv+rw)=0Dtw+(w)v+s=0.\left\{\begin{aligned} &D_{t}s+w\cdot\nabla r+\kappa(s\nabla\cdot v+r\nabla\cdot w)=0\\ &D_{t}w+(w\cdot\nabla)v+\nabla s=0.\end{aligned}\right.

Here (s,w)(s,w) are functions defined within the time dependent gas domain Ω\Omega. Notably, no boundary conditions on (s,w)(s,w) are imposed or required on the free boundary Γ\Gamma.

3.1. Energy estimates and well-posedness

We first consider the question of proving well-posedness and energy estimates for the linearized equations:

Proposition 3.1.

Let (r,v)(r,v) be a solution to the compressible Euler equations (1.7) in the moving domain Ωt\Omega_{t}. Assume that both rr and vv are Lipschitz continuous, and that rr vanishes simply on the free boundary. Then the linearized equation (3.2) is well-posed in {\mathcal{H}}, and the following energy estimate holds for all solutions (s,w)(s,w):

(3.3) |ddt(s,w)2|vL(s,w)2\left|\frac{d}{dt}\|(s,w)\|_{{\mathcal{H}}}^{2}\right|\lesssim\|\nabla v\|_{L^{\infty}}\|(s,w)\|_{{\mathcal{H}}}^{2}

Here we estimate the absolute value of the time derivative of the linearized energy, in order to guarantee both forward and backward energy estimates; these are both needed in order to prove well-posedness.

Proof.

We recall the time dependent weighted {\mathcal{H}} norm,

(s,w)2=r1κκ(|s|2+κr|w|2)𝑑x.\|(s,w)\|_{{\mathcal{H}}}^{2}=\int r^{\frac{1-\kappa}{\kappa}}(|s|^{2}+\kappa r|w|^{2})\,dx.

To compute its time derivative, we use the material derivative in a standard fashion. For later reference we state the result in the following Lemma:

Lemma 3.2.

Assume that the time dependent domain Ωt\Omega_{t} flows with Lipschitz velocity vv. Then the time derivative of the time-dependent volume integral is given by

(3.4) ddtΩ(t)f(t,x)𝑑x=ΩtDtf+fv(t)dx.\frac{d}{dt}\int_{\Omega(t)}f(t,x)\,dx=\int_{\Omega_{t}}D_{t}f+f\nabla\cdot v(t)\,dx.

Using the above Lemma, we compute

ddt(s,w)2=κΩtr1kkv(|s|2+2r|w|2)𝑑x2Ωtr1κκ(s(wr+κrw)+κrws)𝑑x.\displaystyle\frac{d}{dt}\|(s,w)\|_{{\mathcal{H}}}^{2}=-\kappa\!\int_{\Omega_{t}}\!\!r^{\frac{1-k}{k}}\nabla v\left(|s|^{2}+2r|w|^{2}\right)dx-2\!\int_{\Omega_{t}}\!\!r^{\frac{1-\kappa}{\kappa}}(s(w\cdot\nabla r+\kappa r\nabla\cdot w)+\kappa rw\nabla s)dx.

We observe that the last integral is zero. The computations is straightforward and follows from integration by parts:

2r1κκ(swr+κr(sw))𝑑x= 0,\begin{split}\ -2\int r^{\frac{1-\kappa}{\kappa}}(sw\cdot\nabla r+\kappa r\nabla(sw))\,dx=\ 0,\end{split}

as the boundary terms vanish on Γ\Gamma.

The first integral includes the bounded term v\nabla\cdot v. It follows right away that the energy norm will indeed control it, and the desired energy estimate (3.3) follows.

The well-posedness result will follow in a standard fashion from a similar estimate for the adjoint equation, interpreted as a backward evolution in the dual space {\mathcal{H}}^{*}. We identify ={\mathcal{H}}^{*}={\mathcal{H}} by Riesz’s theorem, with respect to the associated inner product in {\mathcal{H}}:

(3.5) (s,w),(s~,w~)=Ωtr1κκ(ss~+κrww~)𝑑x,\langle(s,w),(\tilde{s},{\tilde{w}})\rangle_{{\mathcal{H}}}=\int_{\Omega_{t}}r^{\frac{1-\kappa}{\kappa}}(s{\tilde{s}}+\kappa rw{\tilde{w}})\,dx,

Then the adjoint system associated to (3.1), with respect to this duality, is easily computed to be the following:

(3.6) {Dts~+κrw~+w~r=0Dtw~w~v+s~=0.\left\{\begin{aligned} &D_{t}{\tilde{s}}+\kappa r\nabla{\tilde{w}}+{\tilde{w}}\nabla r=0\\ &D_{t}{\tilde{w}}-{\tilde{w}}\nabla v+\nabla{\tilde{s}}=0.\end{aligned}\right.

Modulo bounded, perturbative terms, this is identical to the direct system (3.2), therefore the backward energy estimate for the adjoint problem (3.6) follows directly from (3.3). ∎

In particular we note that, due to translations in time and space symmetries, the linearized estimate applies to the functions (s,w)=(r,v)(s,w)=(\nabla r,\nabla v), as well as (s,w)=(tr,tv)(s,w)=(\partial_{t}r,\partial_{t}v).

3.2. Second order transition operators

We remark that discarding the v\nabla v terms from the equations we obtain a reduced linearized equation,

(3.7) {Dts+wr+κrw=0Dtw+s=0,\left\{\begin{aligned} &D_{t}s+w\cdot\nabla r+\kappa r\nabla\cdot w=0\\ &D_{t}w+\nabla s=0,\end{aligned}\right.

which is also well-posed in {\mathcal{H}}. For many purposes it is useful to also rewrite the linearized equation as a second order evolution. We will only seek to capture the leading part, up to terms of order 11. Starting from the above reduced linearized equation, we compute second order equations where we discard the v\nabla v terms arising from commuting DtD_{t} and \nabla.

Then for ss we obtain the reduced second order equation, (which would be exact if vv were constant)

(3.8) Dt2sL1s,L1s=κrΔs+rs,D_{t}^{2}s\approx L_{1}s,\qquad L_{1}s=\kappa r\Delta s+\nabla r\cdot\nabla s,

which for κ=1\kappa=1 yields

L1=r.L_{1}=\nabla r\nabla.\

On the other hand for ww we similarly obtain

(3.9) Dt2wL2w,L2w=κ(rw)+(rw).D_{t}^{2}w\approx L_{2}w,\qquad L_{2}w=\kappa\nabla(r\nabla\cdot w)+\nabla(\nabla r\cdot w).

The operators L1L_{1} and L2L_{2} will play an important role in the analysis of the energy functionals in the next section. An important observation is that they are symmetric operators in the L2L^{2} spaces which occur in our energy functional ElinE_{lin} and in the norm {\mathcal{H}}. For a more in depth discussion we separate them:

Lemma 3.3.

Assume that rr is Lipschitz continuous in the domain Ω\Omega, and nondegenerate on the boundary Γ\Gamma. Then the operator L1L_{1}, defined as an unbounded operator in the Hilbert space H0,1κκ=L2(r1κκ)H^{0,\frac{1-\kappa}{\kappa}}=L^{2}(r^{\frac{1-\kappa}{\kappa}}), with

𝒟(L1):={fL2(r1κκ)|L1fL2(r1κκ) in the distributional sense}.\mathcal{D}(L_{1}):=\left\{f\in L^{2}(r^{\frac{1-\kappa}{\kappa}})\,|\,L_{1}f\in L^{2}(r^{\frac{1-\kappa}{\kappa}})\mbox{ in the distributional sense}\right\}.

is a nonnegative, self-adjoint operator.

The proof is relatively standard and is left for the reader. Later in the paper, see Lemma 5.2, we prove that L1L_{1} is coercive, and that it satisfies good elliptic bounds, which in particular will allow us to identify the domain of L2+L3L_{2}+L_{3} as

D(L1)=H2,1+κ2κ,D(L_{1})=H^{2,\frac{1+\kappa}{2\kappa}},

which is the first component of the 2{\mathcal{H}}^{2} space.

Next we turn our attention to the operator L2L_{2}. This is also a symmetric operator, this time in the space L2(r1κ)L^{2}(r^{\frac{1}{\kappa}}), which is the second component of {\mathcal{H}}. However, it lacks full coercivity as L2wL_{2}w only controls the divergence of ww. For this reason, we will match it with a second operator which controls the curl of ww, namely

L3=κr1κ div r1+1k curl =κ div r curl +r curl L_{3}=\kappa r^{-\frac{1}{\kappa}}\mbox{ div }r^{1+\frac{1}{k}}\mbox{\,curl }=\kappa\mbox{ div }r\mbox{\,curl }+\nabla r\mbox{\,curl }

so that L2L3=L3L2=0L_{2}L_{3}=L_{3}L_{2}=0. Then the operator L2+L3L_{2}+L_{3} has the right properties:

Lemma 3.4.

Assume that rr is Lipschitz continuous in Ω\Omega, and nondegenerate on the boundary Γ\Gamma. Then the operator L2+L3L_{2}+L_{3}, defined as an unbounded operator in the Hilbert space L2(r1κ)L^{2}(r^{\frac{1}{\kappa}}), with

𝒟(L2+L3):={fL2(r1κ)|(L2+L3)fL2(r1κ) in the distributional sense}.\mathcal{D}(L_{2}+L_{3}):=\left\{f\in L^{2}(r^{\frac{1}{\kappa}})\,|\,(L_{2}+L_{3})f\in L^{2}(r^{\frac{1}{\kappa}})\mbox{ in the distributional sense}\right\}.

is a nonnegative, self-adjoint operator.

Later in the paper, as a consequence of Lemma 5.2, it follows that L2+L3L_{2}+L_{3} is coercive, and that it satisfies good elliptic bounds, which in particular will allow us to identify the domain of L2+L3L_{2}+L_{3} as

D(L2+L3)=H2,1+3κ2κ,D(L_{2}+L_{3})=H^{2,\frac{1+3\kappa}{2\kappa}},

which is the second component of the 2{\mathcal{H}}^{2} space.

Remark 3.5.

For the most part, we will think of L1L_{1} and L2L_{2} in a paradifferential fashion, i.e. with the rr dependent coefficients localized at a lower frequency than the argument. The exact interpretation of this will be made clear later on.

4. Difference bounds and the uniqueness result

Our aim here is to prove L2L^{2} difference bounds for solutions, which could heuristically be seen as integrated111111Along a one parameter C1C^{1} family of solutions. versions of the estimates for the linearized equation in the previous section. As a corollary, this will yield the uniqueness result in Theorem 1.

For this we consider two solutions (r1,v1)(r_{1},v_{1}) and (r2,v2)(r_{2},v_{2}) for our main system (1.7), and seek to compare them. Inspired by the linearized energy estimate, we seek to produce a similar weighted L2L^{2} bound for the difference

(s,w)=(r1r2,v1v2).(s,w)=(r_{1}-r_{2},v_{1}-v_{2}).

The first difficulty we encounter is that the two solutions may not have the same domain. The obvious solution is to consider the differences within the common domain,

Ω=Ω1Ω2.\Omega=\Omega_{1}\cap\Omega_{2}.

The domain Ω\Omega no longer has a C1C^{1} boundary. However, if we assume that the two boundaries Γ1\Gamma_{1} and Γ2\Gamma_{2} are close in the Lipschitz topology, then Ω\Omega still has a Lipschitz boundary Γ\Gamma which is close to C1C^{1}. To measure the difference between the two solutions on the common domain, we introduce the following distance functional121212We do not prove or claim that this defines a metric.

(4.1) D((r1,v1),(r2,v2))=Ωt(r1+r2)σ1((r1r2)2+κ(r1+r2)(v1v2)2)𝑑x,\begin{split}D_{{\mathcal{H}}}((r_{1},v_{1}),(r_{2},v_{2}))=\int_{\Omega_{t}}(r_{1}+r_{2})^{\sigma-1}\left((r_{1}-r_{2})^{2}+\kappa(r_{1}+r_{2})(v_{1}-v_{2})^{2}\right)dx,\end{split}

where σ=1κ\sigma=\frac{1}{\kappa} throughout the section. We remark that the weight r1+r2r_{1}+r_{2} vanishes on Γ\Gamma only at points where Γ1\Gamma_{1} and Γ2\Gamma_{2} intersect. Away from such points, both r1+r2r_{1}+r_{2} and r1r2r_{1}-r_{2} are nondegenerate; precisely, we have

|r1(x0)r2(x0)|=r1(x0)+r2(x0),x0Γt.|r_{1}(x_{0})-r_{2}(x_{0})|=r_{1}(x_{0})+r_{2}(x_{0}),\qquad x_{0}\in\Gamma_{t}.

Since both r1r_{1} and r2r_{2} are assumed to be uniformly Lipschitz and nondegenerate, it follows that this relation extends to a neighbourhood of x0x_{0},

|r1(x)r2(x)|r1(x0)+r2(x0),|xx0|r1(x0)+r2(x0).|r_{1}(x)-r_{2}(x)|\approx r_{1}(x_{0})+r_{2}(x_{0}),\qquad|x-x_{0}|\ll r_{1}(x_{0})+r_{2}(x_{0}).

Then the first term in DD_{{\mathcal{H}}} yields a nontrivial contribution in this boundary region:

Lemma 4.1.

Assume that r1r_{1} and r2r_{2} are uniformly Lipschitz and nondegenerate, and close in the Lipschitz topology. Then we have

(4.2) Γt|r1+r2|σ+2dσD((r1,v1),r2,v2)).\int_{\Gamma_{t}}|r_{1}+r_{2}|^{\sigma+2}d\sigma\lesssim D_{\mathcal{H}}((r_{1},v_{1}),r_{2},v_{2})).

One can view the integral in (4.2) as a measure of the distance between the two boundaries, with the same scaling as DD_{\mathcal{H}}.

Now we can state our main estimate for differences of solutions:

Theorem 5.

Let (r1,v1)(r_{1},v_{1}) and (r2,v2)(r_{2},v_{2}) be two solutions for the system (1.7) in [0,T][0,T], with regularity rjC~0,12\nabla r_{j}\in{\tilde{C}^{0,\frac{1}{2}}}, vjC1v_{j}\in C^{1}, so that rjr_{j} are uniformly nondegenerate near the boundary and close in the Lipschitz topology, j=1,2j=1,2. Then we have the uniform difference bound

(4.3) supt[0,T]D((r1,v1)(t),(r2,v2)(t))D((r1,v1)(0),(r2,v2)(0)).\sup_{t\in[0,T]}D_{\mathcal{H}}((r_{1},v_{1})(t),(r_{2},v_{2})(t))\lesssim D_{\mathcal{H}}((r_{1},v_{1})(0),(r_{2},v_{2})(0)).

We remark that

D((r1,v1),(r2,v2))=0iff(r1,v1)=(r2,v2).D_{\mathcal{H}}((r_{1},v_{1}),(r_{2},v_{2}))=0\quad\text{iff}\quad(r_{1},v_{1})=(r_{2},v_{2}).

Thus, our uniqueness result in Theorem 1 can be viewed as a consequence of the above theorem.

The remainder of this section is devoted to the proof of the theorem.

4.1. A degenerate difference functional

The distance functional DD_{\mathcal{H}} introduced above is effective in measuring the distance between the two boundaries because it is nondegenerate at the boundary. This, however, turns into a disadvantage when we seek to estimate its time derivative. For this reason, in the energy estimates for the difference it is convenient to replace it by a seemingly weaker functional, where the weights do vanish on the boundary. Our solution is to replace the r1+r2r_{1}+r_{2} weights in DD_{\mathcal{H}} with symmetric expressions in r1r_{1} and r2r_{2}, which agree to second order with r1+r2r_{1}+r_{2} where r1=r2r_{1}=r_{2}, and also which vanish on Γt=Ωt\Gamma_{t}=\partial\Omega_{t}.

Precisely, we will consider the modified difference functional

(4.4) D~((r1,v1),(r2,v2)):=Ωt(r1+r2)σ1(a(r1,r2)(r1r2)2+κb(r1,r2)(v1v2)2)𝑑x,\tilde{D}_{\mathcal{H}}((r_{1},v_{1}),(r_{2},v_{2})):=\int_{\Omega_{t}}(r_{1}+r_{2})^{\sigma-1}\left(a(r_{1},r_{2})(r_{1}-r_{2})^{2}+\kappa b(r_{1},r_{2})(v_{1}-v_{2})^{2}\right)\,dx,

where for now the weights aa and bb are chosen as follows as functions of μ=r1+r2\mu=r_{1}+r_{2} and ν=r1r2\nu=r_{1}-r_{2}:

  1. (1)

    They are smooth, homogeneous, nonnegative functions of degree 0 respectively 11, even in ν\nu, in the region {0|ν|<μ}\{0\leq|\nu|<\mu\}.

  2. (2)

    They are connected by the relation μa=2b\mu a=2b.

  3. (3)

    They are supported in {|ν|<12μ\{|\nu|<\frac{1}{2}\mu, with a=1a=1 in |ν|<14μ|\nu|<\frac{1}{4}\mu.

For almost all the analysis these conditions will suffice. Later, almost of the end of the section, we will add one additional condition, see (4.26), and show that such a condition can be enforced.

Our objective now is to compare the two difference functionals. Clearly D~D\tilde{D}_{\mathcal{H}}\lesssim D_{\mathcal{H}}. The next lemma proves the converse.

Lemma 4.2.

Assume that A=A1+A2A=A_{1}+A_{2} is small. Then

(4.5) D((r1,v1),(r2,v2))AD~((r1,v1),(r2,v2)).D_{\mathcal{H}}((r_{1},v_{1}),(r_{2},v_{2}))\approx_{A}\tilde{D}_{\mathcal{H}}((r_{1},v_{1}),(r_{2},v_{2})).
Proof.

We need to prove the ”\lesssim” inequality. To do that, we observe that by foliating Ω(t)\Omega(t) with lines transversal to Γ\Gamma, the the bound (4.5) reduces to the one dimensional case. Denoting the distance to the boundary by rr and the value of r1+r2r_{1}+r_{2} on the boundary by r0r_{0}, we have the relations

r1+r2r+r0,arr+r0,br.r_{1}+r_{2}\approx r+r_{0},\qquad a\approx\frac{r}{r+r_{0}},\qquad b\approx r.

Then

D~0r(r+r0)σ2((r1r2)2+κ(r0+r)(v1v2)2)𝑑r.\tilde{D}_{\mathcal{H}}\approx\int_{0}^{\infty}r(r+r_{0})^{\sigma-2}\left((r_{1}-r_{2})^{2}+\kappa(r_{0}+r)(v_{1}-v_{2})^{2}\right)\,dr.

On the other hand,

D0(r+r0)σ1((r1r2)2+κ(r0+r)(v1v2)2)𝑑r+r0σ+2.D_{\mathcal{H}}\approx\int_{0}^{\infty}(r+r_{0})^{\sigma-1}\left((r_{1}-r_{2})^{2}+\kappa(r_{0}+r)(v_{1}-v_{2})^{2}\right)\,dr+r_{0}^{\sigma+2}.

In the region where rr0r\ll r_{0} we have |r1r2|r0|r_{1}-r_{2}|\approx r_{0}. Then we can evaluate the first part in the D~\tilde{D}_{\mathcal{H}} integral by

0cr0r(r+r0)σ2(r1r2)2𝑑rr0σ+2,\int_{0}^{cr_{0}}r(r+r_{0})^{\sigma-2}(r_{1}-r_{2})^{2}dr\approx r_{0}^{\sigma+2},

thereby obtaining the integral in (4.2). Conversely, we have

0cr0(r+r0)σ1(r1r2)2𝑑rr0σ+2,\int_{0}^{cr_{0}}(r+r_{0})^{\sigma-1}(r_{1}-r_{2})^{2}dr\approx r_{0}^{\sigma+2},

which gives the desired bound for the missing part of the first term of DD_{\mathcal{H}}.

It remains to compare the v1v2v_{1}-v_{2} terms, where we also need to focus on the region rr0r\approx r_{0}. Denote by

v¯:=rr0v1v2dr\bar{v}:=\fint_{r\approx r_{0}}v_{1}-v_{2}\,dr

for which we can estimate

|v¯|2r0σ1D~.|\bar{v}|^{2}\lesssim r_{0}^{-\sigma-1}\tilde{D}_{\mathcal{H}}.

Then for smaller rr we can use the Hölder C12C^{\frac{1}{2}} norm to estimate

|v1v2|2|v¯|2+Ar0.|v_{1}-v_{2}|^{2}\lesssim|\bar{v}|^{2}+Ar_{0}.

Hence

0r0(r+r0)σ(v1v2)2𝑑rr0σ+1(|v¯|2+Ar0)D~,\int_{0}^{r_{0}}(r+r_{0})^{\sigma}(v_{1}-v_{2})^{2}dr\lesssim r_{0}^{\sigma+1}(|\bar{v}|^{2}+Ar_{0})\lesssim\tilde{D}_{\mathcal{H}},

as needed. ∎

4.2. The energy estimate

The second step in the proof of Theorem 5 is to track the time evolution of the degenerate energy D~\tilde{D}_{\mathcal{H}}:

Proposition 4.3.

We have

(4.6) ddtD~((r1,v1),(r2,v2))(B1+B2)D((r1,v1),(r2,v2)).\frac{d}{dt}\tilde{D}_{\mathcal{H}}((r_{1},v_{1}),(r_{2},v_{2}))\lesssim(B_{1}+B_{2})D_{\mathcal{H}}((r_{1},v_{1}),(r_{2},v_{2})).

In view of Lemma 4.2, the conclusion of the theorem then follows if we apply Gronwall’s inequality.

Proof.

To compute the time derivative of D~(t)\tilde{D}_{{\mathcal{H}}}(t) we use material derivatives. But we have two of those, Dt1D_{t}^{1} and Dt2D_{t}^{2}, and it is essential to do the computations in a symmetric fashion so we will use the averaged material derivative

Dt=12(Dt1+Dt2).D_{t}=\frac{1}{2}(D_{t}^{1}+D_{t}^{2}).

Using the equations (1.8), we compute difference equations

(4.7) Dt(r1r2)=\displaystyle D_{t}(r_{1}-r_{2})= κ2(r1r2)(v1+v2)κ2(r1+r2)(v1v2)12(v1v2)(r1+r2),\displaystyle-\frac{\kappa}{2}(r_{1}-r_{2})\nabla(v_{1}+v_{2})\!-\!\frac{\kappa}{2}(r_{1}+r_{2})\nabla(v_{1}-v_{2})\!-\!\frac{1}{2}(v_{1}-v_{2})\nabla(r_{1}+r_{2}),
(4.8) Dt(v1v2)=\displaystyle D_{t}(v_{1}-v_{2})= (r1r2)12(v1v2)(v1+v2).\displaystyle-\nabla(r_{1}-r_{2})-\frac{1}{2}(v_{1}-v_{2})\nabla(v_{1}+v_{2}).

We will also need a symmetrized sum equation

(4.9) Dt(r1+r2)=κ2(r1+r2)(v1+v2)κ2(r1r2)(v1v2)12(v1v2)(r1r2).D_{t}(r_{1}+r_{2})=-\frac{\kappa}{2}(r_{1}+r_{2})\nabla(v_{1}+v_{2})-\frac{\kappa}{2}(r_{1}-r_{2})\nabla(v_{1}-v_{2})-\frac{1}{2}(v_{1}-v_{2})\nabla(r_{1}-r_{2}).

We use these relations to compute the time derivative of the energy, using Lemma 3.2 with v:=12(v1+v2)v:=\frac{1}{2}(v_{1}+v_{2}). We have

|v1|+|v2|B:=B1+B2,|\nabla v_{1}|+|\nabla v_{2}|\lesssim B:=B_{1}+B_{2},

so the contribution of the v\nabla\cdot v term is directly estimated by BD(t)BD_{\mathcal{H}}(t), and so are the contributions of the first term in (4.7), the first two terms in (4.9), as well as the second term in (4.8). Hence we obtain

ddtD~(t)=I1+I2+I3+O(B)D(t),\frac{d}{dt}\tilde{D}_{\mathcal{H}}(t)=I_{1}+I_{2}+I_{3}+O(B)D_{\mathcal{H}}(t),

where the contributions IjI_{j} are as follows:

i) I1I_{1} represents the contributions of the averaged material derivative applied to the first factor (r1+r2)σ1(r_{1}+r_{2})^{\sigma-1} via the third term (4.9), namely

I1=σ12(r1+r2)σ2(a(r1,r2)(r1r2)2+κb(r1,r2)(v1v2)2)(v1v2)(r1r2)dx.I_{1}=-\frac{\sigma-1}{2}\int(r_{1}+r_{2})^{\sigma-2}\left(a(r_{1},r_{2})(r_{1}-r_{2})^{2}+\kappa b(r_{1},r_{2})(v_{1}-v_{2})^{2}\right)(v_{1}-v_{2})\nabla(r_{1}-r_{2})\,dx.

We separate the two terms,

I1=J1a+O(J2),I_{1}=J_{1}^{a}+O(J_{2}),

where

J1a=σ12(r1+r2)σ2a(r1,r2)(r1r2)2(v1v2)(r1r2)dxJ_{1}^{a}=-\frac{\sigma-1}{2}\int(r_{1}+r_{2})^{\sigma-2}a(r_{1},r_{2})(r_{1}-r_{2})^{2}(v_{1}-v_{2})\nabla(r_{1}-r_{2})\,dx

and

J2=(r1+r2)σ1|v1v2|3𝑑x.J_{2}=\int(r_{1}+r_{2})^{\sigma-1}|v_{1}-v_{2}|^{3}\,dx.

ii) I2I_{2} represents the contributions of the averaged material derivative applied to the aa and bb factors via the third131313The contributions of the first and second terms terms in (4.7) and (4.9) are directly bounded by O(B)D(t)O(B)D_{\mathcal{H}}(t). terms in (4.7) and (4.9), namely

I2=\displaystyle I_{2}= 12(r1+r2)σ1(aμ(r1,r2)(r1r2)2+κbμ(r1,r2)(v1v2)2)(v1v2)(r1r2)dx\displaystyle\ -\frac{1}{2}\int(r_{1}+r_{2})^{\sigma-1}\left(a_{\mu}(r_{1},r_{2})(r_{1}-r_{2})^{2}+\kappa b_{\mu}(r_{1},r_{2})(v_{1}-v_{2})^{2}\right)(v_{1}-v_{2})\nabla(r_{1}-r_{2})\,dx
12(r1+r2)σ1(aν(r1,r2)(r1r2)2+κbν(r1,r2)(v1v2)2)(v1v2)(r1+r2)dx.\displaystyle\ -\frac{1}{2}\int(r_{1}+r_{2})^{\sigma-1}\left(a_{\nu}(r_{1},r_{2})(r_{1}-r_{2})^{2}+\kappa b_{\nu}(r_{1},r_{2})(v_{1}-v_{2})^{2}\right)(v_{1}-v_{2})\nabla(r_{1}+r_{2})\,dx.

We also split this into

I2=J1b+J1c+O(J2),I_{2}=J_{1}^{b}+J_{1}^{c}+O(J_{2}),

where

J1b=12(r1+r2)σ1aμ(r1,r2)(r1r2)2(v1v2)(r1r2)dxJ_{1}^{b}=-\frac{1}{2}\int(r_{1}+r_{2})^{\sigma-1}a_{\mu}(r_{1},r_{2})(r_{1}-r_{2})^{2}(v_{1}-v_{2})\nabla(r_{1}-r_{2})\,dx
J1c=12(r1+r2)σ1aν(r1,r2)(r1r2)2(v1v2)(r1+r2)dx.J_{1}^{c}=-\frac{1}{2}\int(r_{1}+r_{2})^{\sigma-1}a_{\nu}(r_{1},r_{2})(r_{1}-r_{2})^{2}(v_{1}-v_{2})\nabla(r_{1}+r_{2})\,dx.

iii) I3I_{3} represents the contribution of the averaged material derivative applied to the quadratic factors (r1r2)2(r_{1}-r_{2})^{2} and (v1v2)2(v_{1}-v_{2})^{2} via the second and third term in (4.7) and the first term in (4.8).

I3=\displaystyle I_{3}= κ(r1+r2)σ1(a(r1,r2)(r1r2)(r1+r2)(v1v2)+2b(r1,r2)(v1v2)(r1r2))𝑑x\displaystyle-\kappa\!\int\!(r_{1}+r_{2})^{\sigma-1}\!\left(a(r_{1},r_{2})(r_{1}-r_{2})(r_{1}+r_{2})\nabla(v_{1}-v_{2})\!+\!2b(r_{1},r_{2})(v_{1}-v_{2})\nabla(r_{1}-r_{2})\right)\!dx
(r1+r2)σ1a(r1,r2)(r1r2)(v1v2)(r1r2)dx.\displaystyle-\int(r_{1}+r_{2})^{\sigma-1}a(r_{1},r_{2})(r_{1}-r_{2})(v_{1}-v_{2})\nabla(r_{1}-r_{2})\,dx.

This is the main term, where we expect to see the same cancellation as in the case of the linearized equation. At this place we need the matching condition between aa and bb, namely 2b=(r1+r2)a2b=(r_{1}+r_{2})a. Substituting this in and integrating by parts, we obtain an almost full cancellation unless the derivative falls on aa, namely

I3=κ(r1+r2)σ(r1r2)(v1v2)a(r1,r2)𝑑x=J1d+J1e,I_{3}=\kappa\int(r_{1}+r_{2})^{\sigma}(r_{1}-r_{2})(v_{1}-v_{2})\nabla a(r_{1},r_{2})\,dx=J_{1}^{d}+J_{1}^{e},

where

J1d=κ(r1+r2)σaμ(r1,r2)(r1r2)(v1v2)(r1+r2)dx,J_{1}^{d}=\kappa\int(r_{1}+r_{2})^{\sigma}a_{\mu}(r_{1},r_{2})(r_{1}-r_{2})(v_{1}-v_{2})\nabla(r_{1}+r_{2})\,dx,
J1e=κ(r1+r2)σaν(r1,r2)(r1r2)(v1v2)(r1r2)dx.J_{1}^{e}=\kappa\int(r_{1}+r_{2})^{\sigma}a_{\nu}(r_{1},r_{2})(r_{1}-r_{2})(v_{1}-v_{2})\nabla(r_{1}-r_{2})\,dx.

The above analysis shows that

ddtD~(t)J1a+J1b+J1c+J1d+J1e+O(J2)+O(B1+B2)D(t).\frac{d}{dt}\tilde{D}_{\mathcal{H}}(t)\leq J_{1}^{a}+J_{1}^{b}+J_{1}^{c}+J_{1}^{d}+J_{1}^{e}+O(J_{2})+O(B_{1}+B_{2})D_{\mathcal{H}}(t).

Hence, in order to prove (4.4), it remains to estimate the error terms,

(4.10) J1a+J1b+J1c+J1d+J2A(B1+B2)D(t).J_{1}^{a}+J_{1}^{b}+J_{1}^{c}+J_{1}^{d}+J_{2}\lesssim_{A}(B_{1}+B_{2})D_{\mathcal{H}}(t).

A. The bound for J2J_{2}. We begin with the bound for J2J_{2}, which is simpler and will also be needed later. As in Lemma 4.2, we can reduce the problem to the one dimensional case by foliating Ω\Omega with parallel lines nearly perpendicular to its boundary Γ\Gamma. Denoting again the distance to the boundary by rr and the value of r1+r2r_{1}+r_{2} on the boundary by r0r_{0}, we have

D(t)=0(r+r0)σ1((r1r2)2+(r+r0)(v1v2)2)𝑑r+r0σ+2.D_{\mathcal{H}}(t)=\int_{0}^{\infty}(r+r_{0})^{\sigma-1}\left((r_{1}-r_{2})^{2}+(r+r_{0})(v_{1}-v_{2})^{2}\right)\,dr+r_{0}^{\sigma+2}.

Then in order to estimate J2J_{2}, it suffices to prove the L3L^{3} bound in the following interpolation lemma

Lemma 4.4.

Let σ>0\sigma>0 and r0>0r_{0}>0. Then we have the following interpolation bound in [r0,)[r_{0},\infty):

(4.11) rσ13wL33rσ2wL22wL.\|r^{\frac{\sigma-1}{3}}w\|^{3}_{L^{3}}\lesssim\|r^{\frac{\sigma}{2}}w\|^{2}_{L^{2}}\|w^{\prime}\|_{L^{\infty}}.

The Lemma is applied with w=v1v2w=v_{1}-v_{2}. Note that by direct integration the same bound holds in all dimensions. Thus we obtain

Corollary 4.5.

In the context of our problem we have

(4.12) rσ13wL33BD(t).\|r^{\frac{\sigma-1}{3}}w\|^{3}_{L^{3}}\lesssim BD_{\mathcal{H}}(t).

The same bound also holds if all norms are restricted to any horizontal cylinder (i.e. transversal to Γ\Gamma).

Proof.

We think of this as some version of a Hardy type inequality. The proof is based on similar argument as seen before in Section 2. We interpret rr as being pointwise equivalent with xx and get

rσ13wL3(0,)xσ13wL3(0,).\|r^{\frac{\sigma-1}{3}}w\|_{L^{3}(0,\infty)}\sim\|x^{\frac{\sigma-1}{3}}w\|_{L^{3}(0,\infty)}.

To get the result we integrate by part and use Hölder’s inequality as follows

0xσ1w3𝑑x=3σ0xσw2w𝑑x.\int_{0}^{\infty}x^{\sigma-1}w^{3}\,dx=-\frac{3}{\sigma}\int_{0}^{\infty}x^{\sigma}w^{2}w^{\prime}\,dx.

Since, we assumed that wL(0,)w^{\prime}\in L^{\infty}(0,\infty), we indeed get:

rσ13wL3(0,)3σwLrσ2wL22.\|r^{\frac{\sigma-1}{3}}w\|_{L^{3}(0,\infty)}\leq\frac{3}{\sigma}\|w^{\prime}\|_{L^{\infty}}\|r^{\frac{\sigma}{2}}w\|^{2}_{L^{2}}.


B. The bound for J1aJ_{1}^{a}, J1bJ_{1}^{b}, J1cJ_{1}^{c}, J1dJ_{1}^{d} and J1eJ_{1}^{e}. We group the like terms and set

J1a+J1b+J1e:=J1,J1c+J1d:=J1+J_{1}^{a}+J_{1}^{b}+J_{1}^{e}:=J_{1}^{-},\qquad J_{1}^{c}+J_{1}^{d}:=J_{1}^{+}

where we can express J1J_{1}^{-} and J1+J_{1}^{+} in the form

J1=(r1+r2)σ2a±(r1,r2)(r1r2)2(v1v2)(r1r2)dx.J_{1}^{-}=\int(r_{1}+r_{2})^{\sigma-2}a^{\pm}(r_{1},r_{2})(r_{1}-r_{2})^{2}(v_{1}-v_{2})\nabla(r_{1}-r_{2})\,dx.

with aa^{-} smooth and 0-homogeneous,

a(r1,r2)=σ12a(r1,r2)12(r1+r2)aμ(r1,r2)+κ(r1+r2)2(r1r2)1aν(r1,r2),a^{-}(r_{1},r_{2})=-\frac{\sigma-1}{2}a(r_{1},r_{2})-\frac{1}{2}(r_{1}+r_{2})a_{\mu}(r_{1},r_{2})+\kappa(r_{1}+r_{2})^{2}(r_{1}-r_{2})^{-1}a_{\nu}(r_{1},r_{2}),

respectively

J1+=(r1+r2)σa+(r1,r2)(r1r2)(v1v2)(r1+r2)dx.J_{1}^{+}=\int(r_{1}+r_{2})^{\sigma}a^{+}(r_{1},r_{2})(r_{1}-r_{2})(v_{1}-v_{2})\nabla(r_{1}+r_{2})\,dx.

with a+a^{+} smooth and 1-1-homogeneous,

a+(r1,r2)=(κ12)aμ(r1,r2).a^{+}(r_{1},r_{2})=(\kappa-\frac{1}{2})a_{\mu}(r_{1},r_{2}).

Here we have used the fact that aa is 0-homogeneous, which yields μaμ+νaν=0\mu a_{\mu}+\nu a_{\nu}=0. Also we remark that aμa_{\mu} vanishes in a conical neighbourhood of ν=0\nu=0, therefore we can also think of the J1+J_{1}^{+} integrand as being at least cubic in r1r2r_{1}-r_{2}.

Heuristically, one might think that after another round of integration by parts one might place the derivative in J1J_{1}^{-} either on v1v2v_{1}-v_{2}, in which case we get good Gronwall terms, or on r1+r2r_{1}+r_{2}, where we just discard it and reduce the problem to estimating an integral of the form

J1=Ω(r0+r)σ3|v1v2||r1r2|3𝑑x,J_{1}=\int_{\Omega}(r_{0}+r)^{\sigma-3}|v_{1}-v_{2}||r_{1}-r_{2}|^{3}\,dx,

Unfortunately such a strategy works only if κ(0,1]\kappa\in(0,1]; for larger κ\kappa a problem arises, having to do with potentially large contributions within a thin boundary layer.

Instead, to address the full range of κ\kappa, we will develop the idea of separating a carefully selected boundary layer, where we provide a direct argument, whereas outside this boundary layer we can use the simpler integration by parts idea above.

To understand our choice of the boundary layer, we consider first the much simpler case when r1r2=0r_{1}-r_{2}=0 and (r1r2)=0\nabla(r_{1}-r_{2})=0 on the boundary, where r0=0r_{0}=0 and

(4.13) |(r1r2)|Br12,|r1r2|Br32.|\nabla(r_{1}-r_{2})|\lesssim Br^{\frac{1}{2}},\qquad|r_{1}-r_{2}|\lesssim Br^{\frac{3}{2}}.

Then the estimate for J1J_{1} above reduces to the one dimensional case, where we can simply argue by Holder’s inequality:

(4.14) J1\displaystyle J_{1}\lesssim rσ13(v1v2)L3r29σ89(r1r2)L923\displaystyle\ \|r^{\frac{\sigma-1}{3}}(v_{1}-v_{2})\|_{L^{3}}\|r^{\frac{2}{9}\sigma-\frac{8}{9}}(r_{1}-r_{2})\|_{L^{\frac{9}{2}}}^{3}
\displaystyle\lesssim rσ13(v1v2)L3rσ12(r1r2)L243r32(r1r2)L23(r1r2)/rLBD.\displaystyle\ \|r^{\frac{\sigma-1}{3}}(v_{1}-v_{2})\|_{L^{3}}\|r^{\frac{\sigma-1}{2}}(r_{1}-r_{2})\|_{L^{2}}^{\frac{4}{3}}\|r^{-\frac{3}{2}}(r_{1}-r_{2})\|_{L^{\infty}}^{\frac{2}{3}}\|(r_{1}-r_{2})/r\|_{L^{\infty}}\lesssim BD_{{\mathcal{H}}}.

Unfortunately, in general the bound (4.13) will not hold, and we will separate the region where it holds and the region where it does not hold.

Our boundary layer will depend on BB, and will roughly be defined as the complement of the region where (4.13) holds, with the additional proviso that it must have thickness at least r0r_{0}. For a rigorous definition, we start with the function r3r_{3} defined on the boundary Γ\Gamma of Ω\Omega as follows:

(4.15) r3=Cr0+(B1r0)23+(B1|(r1r2)|)2,r_{3}=Cr_{0}+(B^{-1}r_{0})^{\frac{2}{3}}+(B^{-1}|\nabla(r_{1}-r_{2})|)^{2},

where CC is a fixed large universal constant. Then we define our boundary layer as

(4.16) Ωin=ΩxΓB(x,cr3(x)),\Omega^{in}=\Omega\cap\bigcup_{x\in\Gamma}B(x,cr_{3}(x)),

as well as its enlargement

(4.17) Ω~in=ΩxΓB(x,4cr3(x)).{\tilde{\Omega}}^{in}=\Omega\cap\bigcup_{x\in\Gamma}B(x,4cr_{3}(x)).

Here cc is a small universal constant.

Γ2\Gamma_{2}Γ1\Gamma_{1}Γ\Gammar0r_{0}​​​ cr3cr_{3}Ωin\,\quad\Omega_{in}
Figure 2. The boundary layer of variable thickness cr3cr_{3}.

We want this boundary layer to have a locally uniform geometry. This is insured by a slowly varying type property of the function r3r_{3}.

Lemma 4.6.

We have

(4.18) |r3(x)r3(y)|r312(x)|xy|12+|xy|+r012r312|r_{3}(x)-r_{3}(y)|\lesssim r_{3}^{\frac{1}{2}}(x)|x-y|^{\frac{1}{2}}+|x-y|+r_{0}^{\frac{1}{2}}r_{3}^{\frac{1}{2}}
Proof.

We consider each of the three components of r3r_{3} in (4.15). For the first one we simply use the Lipschitz bound for r0r_{0}. For the second one, we use the C~0,12{\tilde{C}^{0,\frac{1}{2}}} bound on r1\nabla r_{1} and r2\nabla r_{2} to estimate

|r0(x)r0(y)||xy||r0|+B(|xy|32+r0(x)12|xy|)B(|xy|r312+|xy|32),|r_{0}(x)-r_{0}(y)|\lesssim|x-y||\nabla r_{0}|+B(|x-y|^{\frac{3}{2}}+r_{0}(x)^{\frac{1}{2}}|x-y|)\lesssim B(|x-y|r_{3}^{\frac{1}{2}}+|x-y|^{\frac{3}{2}}),

which suffices. Finally for the last term we have

|(r1r2)(x)(r1r2)(y)|B(r012(x)+|xy|12),|\nabla(r_{1}-r_{2})(x)-\nabla(r_{1}-r_{2})(y)|\lesssim B(r_{0}^{\frac{1}{2}}(x)+|x-y|^{\frac{1}{2}}),

which is again enough. ∎

This property insures that Ωin\Omega^{in} and Ω~in{\tilde{\Omega}}^{in} are separate:

Lemma 4.7.

There exists a smooth cutoff function 0χ10\leq\chi\leq 1 in Ω\Omega with the following properties:

a) Support: χ=1\chi=1 in Ωin\Omega^{in} and χ=0\chi=0 in ΩΩ~in\Omega\setminus{\tilde{\Omega}}^{in},

b) Regularity: |αχ(x)|(r1+r2)|α||\partial^{\alpha}\chi(x)|\lesssim(r_{1}+r_{2})^{-|\alpha|}.

Proof.

For yΩy\in\Omega we define the function

G(y)=minxΓ|xy|r3(x)1G(y)=\min_{x\in\Gamma}|x-y|r_{3}(x)^{-1}

so that Ωin\Omega^{in}, Ω~in{\tilde{\Omega}}^{in} are described by

Ωin={G(y)c},Ω~in={G(y)4c}.\Omega^{in}=\{G(y)\leq c\},\qquad{\tilde{\Omega}}^{in}=\{G(y)\leq 4c\}.

Then we can use the function GG to describe the separation between Ωin\Omega^{in} and ΩΩ~in\Omega\setminus{\tilde{\Omega}}^{in}. Precisely, it suffices to show that we can control the Lipschitz constant for GG in the transition region,

cG(y)4c|G(y)|r1.c\leq G(y)\leq 4c\quad\Rightarrow\quad|\nabla G(y)|\lesssim r^{-1}.

Since GG is an infimum, it suffices to show the same for each of its defining functions. Equivalently, it suffices to show that if yy is in the transition region then

c|xy|r3(x)14cr(y)r3(x).c\leq|x-y|r_{3}(x)^{-1}\leq 4c\quad\Rightarrow\quad r(y)\lesssim r_{3}(x).

Let zz be the closest point to yy on the boundary, so that r(y)|yz|r(y)\approx|y-z|. Then the first relation implies that

|xz|8cr3(x).|x-z|\leq 8cr_{3}(x).

Since cc is small, Lemma 4.6 shows that r3(z)r3(x)r_{3}(z)\approx r_{3}(x). Since we are in the transition region, we must also have

|xz|cr3(z),|x-z|\geq cr_{3}(z),

as needed. ∎

Finally we verify that we have good control over r1r2r_{1}-r_{2} on the outer region:

Lemma 4.8.

The good bound (4.13) holds outside Ωin\Omega^{in}.

Proof.

Let yΩiny\not\in\Omega^{in}, and xx the closest point to yy on the boundary. Then

r(y)|xy|cr3(x).r(y)\approx|x-y|\geq cr_{3}(x).

Using the C~0,12{\tilde{C}^{0,\frac{1}{2}}} bound for (r1r2)\nabla(r_{1}-r_{2}) along the [x,y][x,y] line, we have

|(r1r2)(z)(r1r2)(x)|B(r0(x)12+|zx|12).|\nabla(r_{1}-r_{2})(z)-\nabla(r_{1}-r_{2})(x)|\lesssim B(r_{0}(x)^{\frac{1}{2}}+|z-x|^{\frac{1}{2}}).

If we use this directly we obtain

|(r1r2)(y)||(r1r2)(x)|+B(r0(x)12+|zx|12)B(r3(x)12+|yx|)Br(y)12.|\nabla(r_{1}-r_{2})(y)|\lesssim|\nabla(r_{1}-r_{2})(x)|+B(r_{0}(x)^{\frac{1}{2}}+|z-x|^{\frac{1}{2}})\lesssim B(r_{3}(x)^{\frac{1}{2}}+|y-x|)\lesssim Br(y)^{\frac{1}{2}}.

If instead we integrate it between xx and yy then we obtain

|(r1r2)(y)|\displaystyle|(r_{1}-r_{2})(y)|\lesssim r0(x)+|xy||(r1r2)(x)|+B(r0(x)12|xy|+|xy|32)\displaystyle\ r_{0}(x)+|x-y||\nabla(r_{1}-r_{2})(x)|+B(r_{0}(x)^{\frac{1}{2}}|x-y|+|x-y|^{\frac{3}{2}})
\displaystyle\lesssim Br3(x)32+Br3(x)12|xy|+B(r0(x)12|xy|+|xy|32)Br332.\displaystyle\ Br_{3}(x)^{\frac{3}{2}}+Br_{3}(x)^{\frac{1}{2}}|x-y|+B(r_{0}(x)^{\frac{1}{2}}|x-y|+|x-y|^{\frac{3}{2}})\lesssim Br_{3}^{\frac{3}{2}}.

Now we use the cutoff χ\chi to split each of the above integrals in two, and estimate each of them in turn.


B.1. The estimate in the outer region. Here we insert the cutoff (1χ)(1-\chi) in each of the two integrals J1±J_{1}^{\pm}, and integrate by parts in J1J_{1}^{-}. Precisely, the outer part of J1J_{1}^{-} is

J1,out=(1χ)(r1+r2)σ2a(r1,r2)(r1r2)2(v1v2)(r2r1)dx.J_{1}^{-,out}=\int(1-\chi)(r_{1}+r_{2})^{\sigma-2}a^{-}(r_{1},r_{2})(r_{1}-r_{2})^{2}(v_{1}-v_{2})\nabla(r_{2}-r_{1})\,dx.

The ν\nu dependent part of the integrand is

ν2a(μ,ν)ν.\nu^{2}a^{-}(\mu,\nu)\nabla\nu.

In order to be able to integrate by parts, we define a function c(μ,ν)c(\mu,\nu) in the region of interest |ν|<μ|\nu|<\mu by

νc(μ,ν)=ν2a(μ,ν),c(μ,0)=0.\partial_{\nu}c(\mu,\nu)=\nu^{2}a^{-}(\mu,\nu),\qquad c(\mu,0)=0.

By definition, cc is smooth, homogeneous of order three, and satisfies

|c(μ,ν)|ν3,|μc(μ,ν)|μ1ν3.|c(\mu,\nu)|\lesssim\nu^{3},\qquad|\partial_{\mu}c(\mu,\nu)|\lesssim\mu^{-1}\nu^{3}.

Then we can write

ν2a(μ,ν)ν=c(μ,ν)μc(μ,ν)μ.\nu^{2}a(\mu,\nu)\nabla\nu=\nabla c(\mu,\nu)-\partial_{\mu}c(\mu,\nu)\nabla\mu.

We substitute this in J1,outJ_{1}^{-,out} to obtain

J1,out=σ12(1χ)(r1+r2)σ2(v1v2)cdx+(1χ)(r1+r2)σ2cμ(v1v2)μdx.J_{1}^{-,out}=\frac{\sigma-1}{2}\int(1-\chi)(r_{1}+r_{2})^{\sigma-2}(v_{1}-v_{2})\nabla c\,dx+\int(1-\chi)(r_{1}+r_{2})^{\sigma-2}c_{\mu}(v_{1}-v_{2})\nabla\mu\,dx.

In the first integral we integrate by parts. If the derivative falls on v1v2v_{1}-v_{2} we get a Gronwall term. Else, it falls on μ\mu, which we discard, or on χ\chi, where we use Lemma 4.7. Hence we obtain

J1,outΩΩin(r0+r)σ3|v1v2||r1r2|3𝑑x+O(B1+B2)D(t).J_{1}^{-,out}\lesssim\int_{\Omega\setminus\Omega^{in}}(r_{0}+r)^{\sigma-3}|v_{1}-v_{2}||r_{1}-r_{2}|^{3}\,dx+O(B_{1}+B_{2})D_{\mathcal{H}}(t).

In view of Lemma 4.8, we can estimate the integral as in (4.14) and conclude.

The argument for J1b,outJ_{1}^{b,out} is similar but simpler, as no integration by parts is needed.


B.2. The estimate in the boundary layer region. To fix scales, we use the slowly varying property of r3r_{3} in Lemma 4.6 to partition Ω~in{\tilde{\Omega}}^{in} into cylinders Cx0C_{x_{0}} centered at some point x0Γx_{0}\in\Gamma, with radius 4cr3(x0)4cr_{3}(x_{0}) and similar height, and correspondingly, we partition our integrals using an appropriate locally finite partition of unity,

χ=χx0,\chi=\sum\chi_{x_{0}},

where each χx0\chi_{x_{0}} is smooth on the r3(x0)r_{3}(x_{0}) scale. Within this cylinder we will think of r3r_{3} as a constant, r3=r3(x0)r_{3}=r_{3}(x_{0}).

Denoting

J1,x0=Cx0χx0(r1+r2)σ2a(r1,r2)(r1r2)2(v1v2)(r1r2)dx,J_{1}^{-,x_{0}}=\int_{C_{x_{0}}}\chi_{x_{0}}(r_{1}+r_{2})^{\sigma-2}a^{-}(r_{1},r_{2})(r_{1}-r_{2})^{2}(v_{1}-v_{2})\nabla(r_{1}-r_{2})\,dx,

and similarly for J1+J_{1}^{+}, our objective will be to show that in each such component we have

(4.19) J1±,x0BDx0,J_{1}^{\pm,x_{0}}\lesssim BD_{{\mathcal{H}}}^{x_{0}},

where Dx0D_{{\mathcal{H}}}^{x_{0}} denotes the integral in DD_{\mathcal{H}} but with the added cutoff χx0\chi_{x_{0}}. After summation over x0x_{0} this will give the desired estimate. We will consider separately the cases when BB is small or large.

As a prerequisite to the proof of (4.19), we consider pointwise difference bounds within Cx0C_{x_{0}}. We begin with r1r2r_{1}-r_{2}. By construction, within Cx0C_{x_{0}} we have

(4.20) |(r1r2)|Br312,|r1r2|Br332.|\nabla(r_{1}-r_{2})|\lesssim Br_{3}^{\frac{1}{2}},\qquad|r_{1}-r_{2}|\lesssim Br_{3}^{\frac{3}{2}}.

In particular this yields

(4.21) r0Br332,r_{0}\lesssim Br_{3}^{\frac{3}{2}},

and the improved pointwise bound

(4.22) |r1r2|r0+Brr312,|r_{1}-r_{2}|\lesssim r_{0}+B\,r\,r_{3}^{\frac{1}{2}},

where we observe that r0r_{0} needs not be constant on the boundary within Cx0C_{x_{0}}.

Depending on the relative size of BB and r3r_{3} we will distinguish two scenarios:

Lemma 4.9.

One of the following two scenarios applies in Cx0C_{x_{0}}:

a) Either r0(x0)r3r_{0}(x_{0})\ll r_{3}, in which case we must have Br31B\sqrt{r_{3}}\lesssim 1.

b) Or r0r3r_{0}\approx r_{3}, in which case we must have Br01B\sqrt{r_{0}}\gtrsim 1.

We will refer to the first case as the small BB case and the second as the large BB case.

Proof.

We start by comparing r0(x0)r_{0}(x_{0}) with r3r_{3}. If r3r0r_{3}\approx r_{0}, then we must have

r0(B1r0)23,r_{0}\gtrsim(B^{-1}r_{0})^{\frac{2}{3}},

and further B(r0)12B\gtrsim(r_{0})^{-\frac{1}{2}}, which places us in case (b).

If r3r0(x0)r_{3}\gg r_{0}(x_{0}), then we have two nonexclusive possibilities. Either we have

r3(B1r0)23r0,r_{3}\approx(B^{-1}r_{0})^{\frac{2}{3}}\gg r_{0},

which yields B2r02r33r31B^{2}\approx r_{0}^{2}r_{3}^{-3}\ll r_{3}^{-1}, placing us in case (a). Or, we have

r3B2|(r1r2)|2B2,r_{3}\approx B^{-2}|\nabla(r_{1}-r_{2})|^{2}\lesssim B^{-2},

which places us again in case (b). ∎

In addition to bounds for r1r2r_{1}-r_{2}, we also need bounds for v1v2v_{1}-v_{2}. We will show that within the same cylinder we have a good uniform bound for v1v2v_{1}-v_{2}:

Lemma 4.10.

Within Cx0C_{x_{0}} we have

(4.23) |v1v2|Br3+(Dx0)12r3σ+12r3d12.|v_{1}-v_{2}|\lesssim Br_{3}+(D_{{\mathcal{H}}}^{x_{0}})^{\frac{1}{2}}r_{3}^{-\frac{\sigma+1}{2}}r_{3}^{-\frac{d-1}{2}}.
Proof.

Denote by (v1v2)avg(v_{1}-v_{2})_{avg} the average of v1v2v_{1}-v_{2} in the region

C~x0=Cx0{r12r3(x)},\tilde{C}_{x_{0}}=C_{x_{0}}\cap\{r\gtrsim\frac{1}{2}r_{3}(x)\},

which represents an interior portion of Cx0C_{x_{0}} away from the boundary. We estimate this using the distance Dx0D_{\mathcal{H}}^{x_{0}}, where we observe that within C~x0\tilde{C}_{x_{0}} we have br3b\approx r_{3}. Then we obtain

r3dr3σ(v1v2)avgDx0.r_{3}^{d}r_{3}^{\sigma}(v_{1}-v_{2})_{avg}\lesssim D_{\mathcal{H}}^{x_{0}}.

To obtain the full bound for v1v2v_{1}-v_{2} we combine this with the BB Lipschitz bound, which yields

|v1v2|Br3+|(v1v2)avg||v_{1}-v_{2}|\lesssim Br_{3}+|(v_{1}-v_{2})_{avg}|

within the full cylinder Cx0C_{x_{0}}.


B.2.a. The case of large BB. We recall that in this case we have r3=r0r_{3}=r_{0} and Br01B\sqrt{r_{0}}\gtrsim 1. Consider J1,x0J_{1}^{-,x_{0}} first. We discard the gradient terms, bound r1r2r_{1}-r_{2} by r0r_{0} and use Lemma 4.10 for v1v2v_{1}-v_{2}. This yields

J1,x0r0dr0σ(Br0+(Dx0)12r0σ+12r0d12).J_{1}^{-,x_{0}}\lesssim r_{0}^{d}r_{0}^{\sigma}(Br_{0}+(D_{\mathcal{H}}^{x_{0}})^{\frac{1}{2}}r_{0}^{-\frac{\sigma+1}{2}}r_{0}^{-\frac{d-1}{2}}).

On the other hand, a localized version of (4.2) yields

r0σ+2r0(d1)Dx0.r_{0}^{\sigma+2}\lesssim r_{0}^{-(d-1)}D_{{\mathcal{H}}}^{x_{0}}.

Combining the last two bounds gives

J1,x0Dx0(B+r012)BDx0,J_{1}^{-,x_{0}}\lesssim D_{{\mathcal{H}}}^{x_{0}}(B+r_{0}^{-\frac{1}{2}})\lesssim BD_{{\mathcal{H}}}^{x_{0}},

as needed. The arguments for J1+,x0J_{1}^{+,x_{0}} is identical.


B.2.b. The case of small BB. We recall that this corresponds to r0r3r_{0}\ll r_{3} and Br31B\sqrt{r_{3}}\lesssim 1. This is the more difficult case.

The first observation concerning the cylinder Cx0C_{x_{0}} is that r1r2r_{1}-r_{2} is large there on average, of size Br332Br_{3}^{\frac{3}{2}}. This is reflected in a bound from below for Dx0D_{\mathcal{H}}^{x_{0}}:

Lemma 4.11.

Assume we are in the small BB case. Then we have

(4.24) B2r3σ+3r3d1Dx0.B^{2}r_{3}^{\sigma+3}r_{3}^{d-1}\lesssim D_{\mathcal{H}}^{x_{0}}.
Proof.

We approximate r1r2r_{1}-r_{2} near x0x_{0} with its linear expansion,

(r1r2)(y)=r0+(r1r2)(x0)(yx0)+O(B(r012+|x0y|12)|x0y|)).(r_{1}-r_{2})(y)=r_{0}+\nabla(r_{1}-r_{2})(x_{0})(y-x_{0})+O(B(r_{0}^{\frac{1}{2}}+|x_{0}-y|^{\frac{1}{2}})|x_{0}-y|)).

Within Cx0C_{x_{0}} this can be simplified to

(r1r2)(y)=r0+(r1r2)(x0)(yx0)+O(Br312|x0y|)).(r_{1}-r_{2})(y)=r_{0}+\nabla(r_{1}-r_{2})(x_{0})(y-x_{0})+O(Br_{3}^{\frac{1}{2}}|x_{0}-y|)).

Now we consider a small interior ball

B=B(x0+2rN,r),r0<r<cr3,B=B(x_{0}+2rN,r),\qquad r_{0}<r<cr_{3},

where we have a1a\approx 1 and r1+r2rr_{1}+r_{2}\approx r, and use Dx0D_{\mathcal{H}}^{x_{0}} to estimate

rσ1B|r0+(r1r2)(x0)(yx0)|2𝑑yrσ1rd(Br32)2+Dx0.r^{\sigma-1}\int_{B}|r_{0}+\nabla(r_{1}-r_{2})(x_{0})(y-x_{0})|^{2}dy\lesssim r^{\sigma-1}r^{d}(Br^{\frac{3}{2}})^{2}+D_{\mathcal{H}}^{x_{0}}.

The integral on the left is easily evaluated, to get

rσ1rd(r02+r2|(r1r2)(x0)|2)rσ1rd(Br32)2+Dx0.r^{\sigma-1}r^{d}(r_{0}^{2}+r^{2}|\nabla(r_{1}-r_{2})(x_{0})|^{2})\lesssim r^{\sigma-1}r^{d}(Br^{\frac{3}{2}})^{2}+D_{\mathcal{H}}^{x_{0}}.

We can compare the constants on the left and the first term on the right. We know that

r3max{(B1r0)23,(B1|(r1r2)(x0)|)2}.r_{3}\approx\max\{(B^{-1}r_{0})^{\frac{2}{3}},(B^{-1}|\nabla(r_{1}-r_{2})(x_{0})|)^{2}\}.

If the first quantity on the right is larger, then

r0=Br332r_{0}=Br_{3}^{\frac{3}{2}}

and we obtain

rσ1rd(Br332)2rσ1rd(Br32)2+Dx0.r^{\sigma-1}r^{d}(Br_{3}^{\frac{3}{2}})^{2}\lesssim r^{\sigma-1}r^{d}(Br^{\frac{3}{2}})^{2}+D_{\mathcal{H}}^{x_{0}}.

Choosing r=cr3r=cr_{3} with a small constant cc, the first term on the right is absorbed on the left and we arrive at the desired conclusion.

If the second quantity on the right is larger, then

|(r1r2)(x0)|=Br312,|\nabla(r_{1}-r_{2})(x_{0})|=Br_{3}^{\frac{1}{2}},

and we obtain

rσ1rdr2(Br312)2rσ1rd(Br32)2+Dx0.r^{\sigma-1}r^{d}r^{2}(Br_{3}^{\frac{1}{2}})^{2}\lesssim r^{\sigma-1}r^{d}(Br^{\frac{3}{2}})^{2}+D_{\mathcal{H}}^{x_{0}}.

Hence we can conclude exactly as before. ∎

The above Lemma allows us to slightly improve Lemma 4.10 to

Lemma 4.12.

Assume that BB is small. Then within Cx0C_{x_{0}} we have

(4.25) |v1v2|(Dx0)12r3σ+12r3d12.|v_{1}-v_{2}|\lesssim(D_{\mathcal{H}}^{x_{0}})^{\frac{1}{2}}r_{3}^{-\frac{\sigma+1}{2}}r_{3}^{-\frac{d-1}{2}}.

We are now ready to estimate the first integral,

J1,x0\displaystyle J_{1}^{-,x_{0}}\lesssim Cx0(r0+r)σ2(r1r2)2|v1v2||(r2r1)|𝑑x\displaystyle\ \int_{C_{x_{0}}}(r_{0}+r)^{\sigma-2}(r_{1}-r_{2})^{2}|v_{1}-v_{2}||\nabla(r_{2}-r_{1})|\,dx
\displaystyle\lesssim Br312r3σ+12r3d12(Dx0)12Cx0(r0+r)σ2(r0+Brr312)2𝑑r𝑑x0\displaystyle\ Br_{3}^{\frac{1}{2}}r_{3}^{-\frac{\sigma+1}{2}}r_{3}^{-\frac{d-1}{2}}(D_{{\mathcal{H}}}^{x_{0}})^{\frac{1}{2}}\int_{C_{x_{0}}}(r_{0}+r)^{\sigma-2}(r_{0}+B\,r\,r_{3}^{\frac{1}{2}})^{2}\,dr\,dx_{0}
\displaystyle\lesssim Br312r3σ+12r3d12(Dx0)12(r0σ+1𝑑x0+r3d1B2r3σ+2)\displaystyle\ Br_{3}^{\frac{1}{2}}r_{3}^{-\frac{\sigma+1}{2}}r_{3}^{-\frac{d-1}{2}}(D_{{\mathcal{H}}}^{x_{0}})^{\frac{1}{2}}\left(\int r_{0}^{\sigma+1}dx_{0}+r_{3}^{d-1}B^{2}r_{3}^{\sigma+2}\right)
\displaystyle\lesssim Br312r3σ+12r3d12(Dx0)12r3d1((Br332)σ+1+B2r3σ+2)\displaystyle\ Br_{3}^{\frac{1}{2}}r_{3}^{-\frac{\sigma+1}{2}}r_{3}^{-\frac{d-1}{2}}(D_{{\mathcal{H}}}^{x_{0}})^{\frac{1}{2}}r_{3}^{d-1}\left((Br_{3}^{\frac{3}{2}})^{\sigma+1}+B^{2}r_{3}^{\sigma+2}\right)
\displaystyle\lesssim (Dx0)12B2r3d12r3σ+32((Br3)σ+Br3)\displaystyle\ (D_{{\mathcal{H}}}^{x_{0}})^{\frac{1}{2}}B^{2}r_{3}^{\frac{d-1}{2}}r_{3}^{\frac{\sigma+3}{2}}((B\sqrt{r_{3}})^{\sigma}+B\sqrt{r_{3}})
\displaystyle\lesssim BDx0.\displaystyle\ BD_{{\mathcal{H}}}^{x_{0}}.

It remains to estimate J1+,x0J_{1}^{+,x_{0}}, which we recall here:

J1+,x0=Cχx0νμσaμ(v1v2)μdx,C=κ12.J_{1}^{+,x_{0}}=C\int\chi_{x_{0}}\nu\mu^{\sigma}a_{\mu}(v_{1}-v_{2})\nabla\mu\,dx,\qquad C=\kappa-\frac{1}{2}.

Aside from the obvious cancellation when κ=12\kappa=\frac{1}{2}, we would like to integrate by parts in order to move the derivative away from μ\mu. To implement this integration by parts, we need an auxiliary function c(μ,ν)c(\mu,\nu) so that

μc(μ,ν)=μσaμ.\partial_{\mu}c(\mu,\nu)=\mu^{\sigma}a_{\mu}.

Suppose we have such a function cc which is smooth, homogeneous of order σ\sigma and supported in |μ||ν|<μ|\mu|\lesssim|\nu|<\mu. Then integration by parts yields

J1+,x0=\displaystyle J_{1}^{+,x_{0}}= Cχx0νcμ(μ,ν)(v1v2)μdx\displaystyle\ C\int\chi_{x_{0}}\nu c_{\mu}(\mu,\nu)(v_{1}-v_{2})\nabla\mu\,dx
=\displaystyle= Cχx0νc(μ,ν)(v1v2)𝑑x\displaystyle\ -C\int\chi_{x_{0}}\nu c(\mu,\nu)\nabla\cdot(v_{1}-v_{2})\,dx
Cχx0(c(μ,ν)+νcν(μ,ν))(v1v2)νdx\displaystyle\ -C\int\chi_{x_{0}}(c(\mu,\nu)+\nu c_{\nu}(\mu,\nu))(v_{1}-v_{2})\nabla\nu\,dx
Cνc(μ,ν)(v1v2)χx0dx.\displaystyle\ -C\int\nu c(\mu,\nu)(v_{1}-v_{2})\nabla\chi_{x_{0}}\,dx.

In the first integral we bound (v1v2)\nabla\cdot(v_{1}-v_{2}) by BB, and then bound the rest by Dx0D_{\mathcal{H}}^{x_{0}} since μν\mu\approx\nu in the support of the integrand. The second integral is similar to J1a,x0J_{1}^{a,x_{0}}. Finally in the third integral the gradient of χx0\chi_{x_{0}} yields an r31r_{3}^{-1} factor, and we can estimate it using Lemma 4.12 and the bound (4.22) for r1r2r_{1}-r_{2} by

\displaystyle\lesssim r31Cx0(r1r2)σ+2|v1v2|𝑑x\displaystyle\ r_{3}^{-1}\int_{C_{x_{0}}}(r_{1}-r_{2})^{\sigma+2}|v_{1}-v_{2}|\,dx
\displaystyle\lesssim r3d1(r3r0σ+2+(Br3)σ+2r3σ+3)(Dx0)12r3σ+12r3d12\displaystyle\ r_{3}^{d-1}(r_{3}r_{0}^{\sigma+2}+(B\sqrt{r_{3}})^{\sigma+2}r_{3}^{\sigma+3})(D_{{\mathcal{H}}}^{x_{0}})^{\frac{1}{2}}r_{3}^{-\frac{\sigma+1}{2}}r_{3}^{-\frac{d-1}{2}}
\displaystyle\lesssim BDHx0,\displaystyle\,B\,D_{H}^{x_{0}},

where at the last step we bound r0Br332r_{0}\lesssim Br_{3}^{\frac{3}{2}} twice, r0r3r_{0}\leq r_{3} for the rest of r0,r_{0}, and use Lemma 4.11; the powers of r3r_{3} will all cancel, as predicted by scaling considerations.

It remains to show that we can find such a function cc. This is where a convenient choice of aa helps. Precisely, we want aa to be nonnegative, even in ν\nu, supported in |ν|<μ|\nu|<\mu and equal to 11 when |ν|μ|\nu|\ll\mu. In order to avoid boundary terms in the integration by parts, we will choose cc with similar support. But we also want cc to be smooth and homogeneous, and then we will have an issue at μ=0\mu=0, unless we can arrange for cc to also be supported away from μ=0\mu=0. But this will happen only if

(4.26) μσaμ𝑑μ=0.\int\mu^{\sigma}a_{\mu}\,d\mu=0.
Lemma 4.13.

There exists a good choice for aa which satisfies (4.26).

Proof.

We will take advantage of the fact that the function μσ\mu^{\sigma} is increasing, as follows. We start with a choice a0a_{0} for aa which is nonincreasing. That would make the integral in (4.26) positive. To correct this we use a nonnegative, compactly supported bump function a1a_{1}. Its contribution will be negative, as it can be seen integrating by parts:

μσa1,μ𝑑μ=1σ+1μσ+1a1𝑑μ.\int\mu^{\sigma}a_{1,\mu}\,d\mu=-\frac{1}{\sigma+1}\int\mu^{\sigma+1}a_{1}\,d\mu.

Then we choose a=a0+Ca1a=a_{0}+Ca_{1}, with C>0C>0 chosen so that the two contributions to the integral in (4.26) cancel. ∎


5. Energy estimates for solutions

Our objective here is to prove Theorem 3. More precisely, we aim to establish uniform control over the 𝐇2k{\mathbf{H}}^{2k} norm of the solutions (v,r)(v,r) in terms of the similar norm of the initial data, with growth estimated in terms of the control parameters A,BA,B. The key to this is to characterize these norms using energy functionals constructed with suitable vector fields naturally associated to the evolution.

5.1. The div-curl decomposition

A first step in our analysis is to understand the structure of our system of equations. In the nondegenerate case, it is known that at leading order the compressible Euler equations decouple into a wave equation for (r,v)(r,\nabla\!\cdot\!v) and a transport equation for ω= curl v\omega=\mbox{\,curl }v. We will show that the same happens here. Of course, algebraically the computations are identical. However, interpreting the coupling terms as perturbative is far more delicate in the present context.

We begin with a direct computation, which yields the following second order wave equation for rr,

(5.1) Dt2r=κrΔr+κ2r|v|2+κv(v)TD_{t}^{2}r=\kappa r\Delta r+\kappa^{2}r|\nabla\cdot v|^{2}+\kappa\nabla v(\nabla v)^{T}

with speed of propagation (sound speed)

cs=κr,c_{s}=\kappa r,

where v\nabla\!\cdot\!v corresponds to the (material) velocity

κv=r1Dtr.-\kappa\nabla\!\cdot\!v=r^{-1}D_{t}r.

On the other hand for the vorticity we obtain the transport equation

(5.2) Dtω=ωv(v)Tω.D_{t}\omega=-\omega\nabla v-(\nabla v)^{T}\omega.

These two equations are coupled, so it is natural to consider them at matched regularity levels, but we will use different energy functionals to capture their contributions to the energy.

5.2. Vector fields

Our energy estimates will be obtained by applying a number of well chosen vector fields to the equation in a suitable fashion, so that the differentiated fields obtained as the outcome solve the linearized equation with perturbative source terms. We do this separately for the wave component and for the transport part.

a) Vector fields for the wave equation. Here we use all the vector fields which commute with the wave equation at the leading order. There are two such vector fields, which generate an associated algebra:

  1. a1)

    The material derivative DtD_{t}; this has order 12\frac{1}{2}.

  2. a2)

    The tangential derivatives, Ωij=rijrji\Omega_{ij}=r_{i}\partial_{j}-r_{j}\partial_{i}; these have order 11.

We will only use DtD_{t} in this article, but note that a similar analysis works for the tangential derivatives.

b) Vector fields for the transport equation. Here we have more flexibility in our choices, again generating an algebra.

  1. b1)

    The material derivative DtD_{t}; this has order 12\frac{1}{2}.

  2. b2)

    All regular derivatives \partial, of order 11.

  3. b3)

    The multiplication by rr, which has order 1-1.

In order to avoid negative orders here, one may replace rr by r2r\partial^{2}, which has has order 11.

5.3. The energy functional

Here we define energy functionals E2k(r,v)E^{2k}(r,v) of order kk, i.e. which involve combinations of vector fields of orders up to kk. We will set this up as the sum of a wave and a transport component,

(5.3) E2k(r,v)=Ew2k(r,v)+Et2k(r,v).E^{2k}(r,v)=E^{2k}_{w}(r,v)+E^{2k}_{t}(r,v).

a) The wave energy. Here we want to use operators of the form

Dtj,j2kD_{t}^{j},\qquad j\leq 2k

applied to the solution (r,v)(r,v). However, we would like to have these defined in terms of the data at each fixed time, rather than dynamically. Algebraically this is easily achieved by reiterating the equation. We define

(rj,vj)=(Dtjr,Dtjv),(r_{j},v_{j})=(D_{t}^{j}r,D_{t}^{j}v),

which should be viewed as discussed above, as nonlinear141414Strictly speaking, at leading order these are linear expressions, so the better terminology would be quasilinear. functions of (r,v)(r,v) at fixed time.

One might hope that these functions should be good approximate solutions for the linearized equations. Unfortunately, this is not exactly the case even for (r1,v1)(r_{1},v_{1}). This is because, unlike \partial, DtD_{t} does not exactly generate an exact symmetry of the equation. The solution to this difficulty is to work with associated good variables, obtained by adding suitable corrections to them. We denote these good variables by (sj,wj)(s_{j},w_{j}), and define them as follows:

  1. i)

    j=0j=0.

    (s0,w0)=(r,v).(s_{0},w_{0})=(r,v).
  2. ii)

    j=1j=1.

    (s1,w1)=t(r,v).(s_{1},w_{1})=\partial_{t}(r,v).
  3. iii)

    j=2j=2.

    (s2,w2)=(r2+12|r|2,v2).(s_{2},w_{2})=(r_{2}+\frac{1}{2}|\nabla r|^{2},v_{2}).
  4. iv)

    j3j\geq 3:

    (sj,wj)=(rjrwj1,vj).(s_{j},w_{j})=(r_{j}-\nabla r\cdot w_{j-1},v_{j}).

We now define the wave component of the energy as

(5.4) Ew2k(r,v)=jk(s2j,w2j)2,E^{2k}_{w}(r,v)=\sum_{j\leq k}\|(s_{2j},w_{2j})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}}^{2},

where we recall that {\mathcal{H}} defined in (1.11) represents the natural energy functional for the linearized equation. In the sequel we will use these good variables only for even jj, but for the sake of completeness we have listed them for all jj.


b) The transport equation. Here we consider a simpler energy, namely

(5.5) Et2k(r,v)=ωH2k1,k+1κ2E^{2k}_{t}(r,v)=\|\omega\|^{2}_{H^{2k-1,k+\frac{1}{\kappa}}}

which at leading order scales in the same way as the wave energy above. One can think of this energy as the outcome of applying vector fields up to and including order kk to the vorticity ω\omega.

5.4. Energy coercivity

Our goal here is to prove the equivalence of the energy E2kE^{2k} with the 𝐇2k{\mathbf{H}}^{2k} size of (r,v)(r,v).

Theorem 6.

Let (r,v)(r,v) be smooth functions in Ω¯\overline{\Omega} so that rr is positive in Ω\Omega and uniformly nondegenerate on Γ=Ω\Gamma=\partial\Omega. Then we have

(5.6) E2k(r,v)A(r,v)2k2.E^{2k}(r,v)\approx_{A}\|(r,v)\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2k}}^{2}.
Proof.

a) We begin with the easier part “\lesssim”. This is obvious for the vorticity component so it remains to discuss the wave component.

We consider the expressions for (s2k,w2k)(s_{2k},w_{2k}). These are both linear combinations of multilinear expressions in rr and v\nabla v with the following properties:

  • They have order k1k-1, respectively k12k-\frac{1}{2}.

  • They have exactly 2k2k derivatives.

  • They contain at most k+1k+1, respectively kk factors of rr or its derivatives.

These properties suffice in order to be able to distribute the powers of rr and use the interpolation inequalities in Proposition 2.14. We will demonstrate this in the case of s2ks_{2k}; the case of w2kw_{2k} is similar. A multilinear expression in s2ks_{2k} has the form

M=raj=1Jnjrl=1Lmlv,M=r^{a}\prod_{j=1}^{J}\partial^{n_{j}}r\prod_{l=1}^{L}\partial^{m_{l}}v,

where nj1n_{j}\geq 1, ml1m_{l}\geq 1,

nj+ml=2k,\sum n_{j}+\sum m_{l}=2k,

and151515Here we allow for J=0J=0 or K=0K=0, in which case the corresponding products are omitted.

a+J+L/2=k+1.a+J+L/2=k+1.

We seek to split

a=bj+cl,a=\sum b_{j}+\sum c_{l},

and correspondingly

M=j=1Jrbjnjrl=1Lrclmlv,M=\prod_{j=1}^{J}r^{b_{j}}\partial^{n_{j}}r\prod_{l=1}^{L}r^{c_{l}}\partial^{m_{l}}v,

so that we can apply our interpolation inequalities from Proposition  2.14, Proposition 2.15. These will give bounds of the form

rbjnjrLpj(r1κκ)A12pj(r,v)2k2pj,1pj=nj1bj2(k1),\|r^{b_{j}}\partial^{n_{j}}r\|_{L^{p_{j}}(r^{\frac{1-\kappa}{\kappa}})}\lesssim A^{1-\frac{2}{p_{j}}}\|(r,v)\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2k}}^{\frac{2}{p_{j}}},\qquad\frac{1}{p_{j}}=\frac{n_{j}-1-b_{j}}{2(k-1)},

respectively

rclmlrLql(r1κκ)A12ql(r,v)2k2ql,1ql=ml1/2cl2(k1),\|r^{c_{l}}\partial^{m_{l}}r\|_{L^{q_{l}}(r^{\frac{1-\kappa}{\kappa}})}\lesssim A^{1-\frac{2}{q_{l}}}\|(r,v)\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2k}}^{\frac{2}{q_{l}}},\qquad\frac{1}{q_{l}}=\frac{m_{l}-1/2-c_{l}}{2(k-1)},

where the denominators represent the orders of the expressions being measured, so they add up to k1k-1 as needed.

It only remains to verify that the bjb_{j}’s and the clc_{l}’s can be chosen in the range where our interpolation estimates apply, which is

0bj(nj1)k2k1,0\leq b_{j}\leq(n_{j}-1)\frac{k}{2k-1},

respectively

0cl(ml1/2)k+1/22k12.0\leq c_{l}\leq(m_{l}-1/2)\frac{k+1/2}{2k-\frac{1}{2}}.

To verify that we can satisfy these conditions we need

(nj1)k2k1+(ml1/2)k+1/22k12a.\sum(n_{j}-1)\frac{k}{2k-1}+\sum(m_{l}-1/2)\frac{k+1/2}{2k-\frac{1}{2}}\leq a.

But the sum on the left is evaluated by

(nj+mlJL)k2k1=(2kJL)k2k1(a+k1)k2k1a\leq(\sum n_{j}+\sum m_{l}-J-L)\frac{k}{2k-1}=(2k-J-L)\frac{k}{2k-1}\leq(a+k-1)\frac{k}{2k-1}\leq a

using aka\leq k. Here equality holds only if a=ka=k, J=1J=1 and L=0L=0 i.e. for the leading linear case.


b) We continue with the “\gtrsim” part. To do this we will argue inductively, relating (s2j,w2j)(s_{2j},w_{2j}) with (s2j2,w2j2)(s_{2j-2},w_{2j-2}). This is done using the transition operators L1L_{1} and L2L_{2} introduced earlier.

Lemma 5.1.

For j2j\geq 2 we have a pair of homogeneous recurrence type relations

(5.7) s2j=L1s2j2+f2j,w2j=L2w2j2+g2j,\displaystyle s_{2j}=L_{1}s_{2j-2}+f_{2j},\qquad w_{2j}=L_{2}w_{2j-2}+g_{2j},

where f2jf_{2j} and g2jg_{2j} are also multilinear expressions as above, of order j1j-1, respectively j12j-\frac{1}{2}, but with the additional property that they are non-endpoint, i.e. they contain at least two factors of the form 2+r\partial^{2+}r or 1+v\partial^{1+}v.

Proof.

We begin with the first relation, for which we first discuss the generic case j3j\geq 3. We begin expanding the expression of s2js_{2j}, and then continue calculating the LHS of (5.7). We have

(5.8) s2j=(κrΔ+r)(r2j2rw2j3)+f2j.s_{2j}=(\kappa r\Delta+\nabla r\cdot\nabla)(r_{2j-2}-\nabla r\cdot w_{2j-3})+f_{2j}.

The LHS expands as follows

(5.9) s2j\displaystyle s_{2j} =r2jrw2j1=Dt2jrrDt2j1v.\displaystyle=r_{2j}-\nabla r\cdot w_{2j-1}=D^{2j}_{t}r-\nabla r\cdot D^{2j-1}_{t}v.

Each of the two terms appearing in the expression above can be further analyzed. For the first term on the RHS in (5.9) we have

(5.10) Dt2jr=Dt2j2(Dt2r)=Dt2j2(κrΔr+κ2r|v|2+κv(v)T).D^{2j}_{t}r=D^{2j-2}_{t}(D^{2}_{t}r)=D_{t}^{2j-2}\left(\kappa r\Delta r+\kappa^{2}r|\nabla\cdot v|^{2}+\kappa\nabla v(\nabla v)^{T}\right).

The last two terms already satisfy the non-endpoint property, so we are left to process the first term on the RHS of (5.10) further:

Dt2j2(κrΔr)=κm=02j2m(2j2m)Dt2j2mrDtmΔr.D_{t}^{2j-2}\left(\kappa r\,\Delta r\right)=\kappa\sum_{m=0}^{2j-2-m}\begin{pmatrix}2j-2\\ m\\ \end{pmatrix}D_{t}^{2j-2-m}r\,D_{t}^{m}\Delta r.

We note that DtmΔrD_{t}^{m}\Delta r gives at least 2+r\partial^{2+}r derivatives, and, for any m2j2m\neq 2j-2 the claim is obvious, as we have that one material derivative on rr will produce 1+v\partial^{1+}v derivatives. Hence, the more difficult case is when m=2j2m=2j-2; we discuss it further:

(5.11) κrDt2j2Δr\displaystyle\kappa r\,D_{t}^{2j-2}\Delta r =κrDt2j3(DtΔr)=κrDt2j3(DtΔr).\displaystyle=\kappa r\,D_{t}^{2j-3}\left(D_{t}\Delta r\right)=\kappa r\,D_{t}^{2j-3}\left(D_{t}\Delta r\right).

We commute the material derivative with the Laplacian using the formula

(5.12) [Dt,Δ]=Δvv2,\left[D_{t},\Delta\right]=-\Delta v\cdot\nabla-\nabla v\,\nabla^{2},

and 5.11 gives

(5.13) κrDt2j2Δr\displaystyle\kappa r\,D_{t}^{2j-2}\Delta r =κrDt2j3(DtΔr)\displaystyle=\kappa r\,D_{t}^{2j-3}\left(D_{t}\Delta r\right)
=κrDt2j3(ΔDtrΔvrv2r)\displaystyle=\kappa r\,D_{t}^{2j-3}\left(\Delta\,D_{t}r-\Delta v\cdot\nabla r-\nabla v\nabla^{2}r\right)
=κrDtMissing Operator(ΔDtr)κrDt2j3(Δvr)κrDt2j3(v2r).\displaystyle=\kappa r\,D_{t}^{2j-3}\left(\Delta\,D_{t}r\right)-\kappa rD_{t}^{2j-3}\left(\Delta v\cdot\nabla r\right)-\kappa rD_{t}^{2j-3}\left(\nabla v\nabla^{2}r\right).

The last term in the expression above gets absorbed in f2jf_{2j}. For the next to last term we have

κrDt2j3(Δvr)=κrk=02j3(2j3κ)Dt2j3k(Δv)Dtk(r).-\kappa rD_{t}^{2j-3}(\Delta v\nabla r)=-\kappa r\sum_{k=0}^{2j-3}\begin{pmatrix}2j-3\\ \kappa\\ \end{pmatrix}D_{t}^{2j-3-k}(\Delta v)\,D_{t}^{k}(\nabla r).

We distribute and commute all the material derivatives to observe that all but one term are readily in f2jf_{2j} (commuting DtD_{t} with \nabla, or even better with Δ\Delta gives rise to v\nabla v\cdot\nabla, respectively (5.12) terms, which ensures the non-endpoint property), namely

κDt2j3(Δv)r.\kappa D_{t}^{2j-3}(\Delta v)\,\nabla r.

For this we need commute the material derivatives with Δ\Delta:

(5.14) Dt2j3(Δv)r\displaystyle D_{t}^{2j-3}(\Delta v)\,\nabla r =Δ(Dt2j3)vr\displaystyle=\Delta(D_{t}^{2j-3})v\,\nabla r
=[Dt2j3,Δ]vr+Δ(D2j3tv)r\displaystyle=[D_{t}^{2j-3},\Delta]v\,\nabla r+\Delta(D^{2j-3}_{t}v)\,\nabla r
=[Dt2j3,Δ]vr+Δv2j3r.\displaystyle=[D_{t}^{2j-3},\Delta]v\,\nabla r+\Delta v_{2j-3}\,\nabla r.

The first term above is in f2jf_{2j} and the last term is part of the expression in (5.8).

For the first term in (5.13), we commute Dt2j3D_{t}^{2j-3} with the Laplacian

κrDt2j3(ΔDtr)=κr{ΔDt2j3(Dtr)+[Dt2j3,Δ]Dtr}.\kappa r\,D_{t}^{2j-3}\left(\Delta\,D_{t}r\right)=\kappa r\,\left\{\Delta D_{t}^{2j-3}\,(D_{t}r)+\left[D_{t}^{2j-3},\Delta\right]\,D_{t}r\right\}.

We observe that the first term on the RHS above is κrΔDt2j3(Dtr)=κrΔr2j2\kappa r\Delta D_{t}^{2j-3}\,(D_{t}r)=\kappa r\Delta r_{2j-2} which is one of the terms on the RHS of the expansion in (5.8). The last terms is included in f2jf_{2j}, as the commutator [Dt2j3,Δ]\left[D_{t}^{2j-3},\Delta\right], for j2j\geq 2, will produce at least one of each terms in {v,r}\left\{\nabla v,\,\nabla r\right\}.

We now deal with the last term in (5.9)

(5.15) rDt2j1v\displaystyle-\nabla r\cdot D_{t}^{2j-1}v =rDt2j2(r)\displaystyle=-\nabla r\cdot D_{t}^{2j-2}(-\nabla r)
=rDt2j3(Dtr)\displaystyle=\nabla r\cdot D_{t}^{2j-3}(D_{t}\nabla r)
=rDt2j3([Dt,]r+Dtr)\displaystyle=\nabla r\cdot D_{t}^{2j-3}([D_{t},\,\nabla]r+\nabla\,D_{t}r)
=rDt2j3(vr+Dtr).\displaystyle=\nabla r\cdot D_{t}^{2j-3}(-\nabla v\cdot\nabla r+\nabla\,D_{t}r).

For the first term on the RHS of (5.15)we get

rDt2j3(vr)\displaystyle-\nabla r\cdot D_{t}^{2j-3}(\nabla v\cdot\nabla r) =rk=02j3(2j3k)Dt2j3k(v)Dtkr\displaystyle=-\nabla r\cdot\sum_{k=0}^{2j-3}\begin{pmatrix}2j-3\\ k\\ \end{pmatrix}D_{t}^{2j-3-k}(\nabla v)\,D_{t}^{k}\nabla r
=rk=02j3(2j3k)Dt2j3k(v)Dtk1(Dtr),\displaystyle=-\nabla r\cdot\sum_{k=0}^{2j-3}\begin{pmatrix}2j-3\\ k\\ \end{pmatrix}D_{t}^{2j-3-k}(\nabla v)\,D_{t}^{k-1}(D_{t}\nabla r),

where we can, by inspection, see that almost all the terms are in f2jf_{2j}, except for the case k=0k=0, i.e. the term Dt2j3(v)rD_{t}^{2j-3}(\nabla v)\nabla r. As before, we have

Dt2j3(v)r=[Dt2j3,]vr+rDt2j3v=[Dt2j3,]vr+rv2j3,D_{t}^{2j-3}(\nabla v)\nabla r=[D_{t}^{2j-3},\,\nabla]v\nabla r+\nabla r\nabla D_{t}^{2j-3}v=[D_{t}^{2j-3},\,\nabla]v\nabla r+\nabla r\nabla v_{2j-3},

where the first terms is in f2jf_{2j} and the last one (together with r\nabla r from (5.15)) gives another term in (5.8), namely

(5.16) rv2j3r.\nabla r\nabla v_{2j-3}\nabla r.

Lastly, we return to the last term in (5.15),

rDt2j3(Dtr),\nabla r\cdot D_{t}^{2j-3}(\nabla D_{t}r),

which we rewrite as

rDt2j3(Dtr)=r([Dt2j3,]Dtr+(Dt2j2r))=r[Dt2j3,](Dtr)+rr2j2.\nabla r\cdot D_{t}^{2j-3}(\nabla D_{t}r)=\nabla r\cdot([D_{t}^{2j-3},\nabla]D_{t}r+\nabla(D_{t}^{2j-2}r))=\nabla r\cdot[D_{t}^{2j-3},\nabla](D_{t}r)+\nabla r\cdot\nabla r_{2j-2}.

This finishes the proof of the (5.7) for the s2js_{2j} formula in the case j3j\geq 3: the first term is part of the f2jf_{2j} and the last one appears in (5.8).

The argument for the case j=2j=2 is similar. The only difference occurs at the very end, where we collect the contribution of last term in (5.14) (with the corresponding κr\kappa r factor) and the expression in (5.16) and rewrite them as follows:

κrrΔr+r2rr=L1(12|r|2)+κr|2r|2,\kappa r\nabla r\Delta\nabla r+\nabla r\nabla^{2}r\nabla r=L_{1}(\frac{1}{2}|\nabla r|^{2})+\kappa r|\nabla^{2}r|^{2},

where the last term goes into f4f_{4}.


For the w2jw_{2j} there is no difference in the case j=2j=2. The formula we are asked to show is

(5.17) w2j=κ(rw2j2)+(rw2j2)+g2j.w_{2j}=\kappa\nabla(r\nabla\cdot w_{2j-2})+\nabla(\nabla r\cdot w_{2j-2})+g_{2j}.

As before, we expand the LHS of (5.17) and peel off the terms that belong to g2jg_{2j}, and then inspect that the remaining terms match its RHS

w2j=Dt2j1(Dtv)\displaystyle w_{2j}=D_{t}^{2j-1}(D_{t}v) =Dt2j1(r)=Dt2j2(Dtr)=Dt2j2(Dtr+vr),\displaystyle=-D_{t}^{2j-1}(\nabla r)=-D_{t}^{2j-2}(D_{t}\nabla r)=-D_{t}^{2j-2}(\nabla D_{t}r+\nabla v\cdot\nabla r),

which gives

w2j=κ{Dt2j2(rv)+[Dt2j2,](rv)}Dt2j2(vr):=I+II+III.w_{2j}=\kappa\left\{\nabla D_{t}^{2j-2}(r\nabla\cdot v)+[D_{t}^{2j-2},\nabla](r\nabla\cdot v)\right\}-D_{t}^{2j-2}(\nabla v\cdot\nabla r):=I+II+III.

The commutator terms IIII gets absorbed in g2jg_{2j}. For II we note that all but one of the terms have the non-endpoint property, namely κ(rDt2j2v)=κ(rw2j2)\kappa\nabla(r\nabla D_{t}^{2j-2}v)=\kappa\nabla(r\nabla w_{2j-2}), which is part of the RHS of (5.17). Lastly, for the IIIIII we have

Dt2j2(vr)=m=02j2m(2j2m)Dt2j2m(v)Dtm(r),D_{t}^{2j-2}(\nabla v\cdot\nabla r)=\sum_{m=0}^{2j-2-m}\begin{pmatrix}2j-2\\ m\\ \end{pmatrix}D_{t}^{2j-2-m}(\nabla v)\cdot D_{t}^{m}(\nabla r),

The case m=0m=0 gives

Dt2j2(v)r=(Dt2j2v+[Dt2j2,]v)r.D_{t}^{2j-2}(\nabla v)\cdot\nabla r=(\nabla D_{t}^{2j-2}v+[D_{t}^{2j-2},\nabla]v)\cdot\nabla r.

the commutator term belongs to g2jg_{2j}, and hence we are left with

v2j2r,\nabla v_{2j-2}\cdot\nabla r,

which is again part of the RHS of (5.17).

To take advantage of the above recurrence lemma, we will need a pair of elliptic estimates for the operators L1L_{1}, L2L_{2}. There is one small matter to address, which is that we would like these bounds to depend only on our control parameter AA, whereas L2L_{2} contains second derivatives of rr in the coefficients. This can be readily rectified by replacing L2L_{2} by

(5.18) L~2=κr+r\tilde{L}_{2}=\kappa\nabla r\nabla+\nabla r\nabla

or in coordinates, to avoid ambiguity in notations,

(5.19) (L~2)ij=κirj+jri(\tilde{L}_{2})_{ij}=\kappa\partial_{i}r\partial_{j}+\partial_{j}r\partial_{i}

We note that the difference between L2wL_{2}w and L~2w\tilde{L}_{2}w is the expression 2rw\nabla^{2}rw, whose contribution can be harmlessly placed in g2jg_{2j} in (5.7).

Set

σ:=12κ.\sigma:=\frac{1}{2\kappa}.

Then we have

Lemma 5.2.

Assume that AA is small. Then the following elliptic estimates hold:

(5.20) sH2,σ+12L1sH0,σ12+sH0,σ+12,\|s\|_{H^{2,\sigma+\frac{1}{2}}}\lesssim\|L_{1}s\|_{H^{0,\sigma-\frac{1}{2}}}+\|s\|_{H^{0,\sigma+\frac{1}{2}}},

respectively

(5.21) wH2,σ+1L~2wH0,σ+ curl wH1,σ+1+wH0,σ+1\|w\|_{H^{2,\sigma+1}}\lesssim\|\tilde{L}_{2}w\|_{H^{0,\sigma}}+\|\mbox{\,curl }w\|_{H^{1,\sigma+1}}+\|w\|_{H^{0,\sigma+1}}

and

(5.22) wH2,σ+1(L~2+L3)wH0,σ+wH0,σ+1\|w\|_{H^{2,\sigma+1}}\lesssim\|(\tilde{L}_{2}+L_{3})w\|_{H^{0,\sigma}}+\|w\|_{H^{0,\sigma+1}}
Remark 5.3.

We note that in essence this estimate has a scale invariant nature. The lower order term added on the right plays no role in the proof, and can be dropped if either (s,w)(s,w) are assumed to have small support (by the Poincare inequality), or if we use the corresponding homogeneous norms on the left.

We will in fact need a more general result, where the L1L_{1} and L~2\tilde{L}_{2} operators are replaced by Lb1L^{b}_{1} and L~2b\tilde{L}_{2}^{b}, respectively, where b>0b>0:

Corollary 5.4.

The results in Lemma 5.2 also hold when L1L_{1} and L~2\tilde{L}_{2} are replaced by Lb1L^{b}_{1} and L~b2\tilde{L}^{b}_{2}, for b>0b>0, where

L1b=(κr+(1+bκ)r),L~2b:=κr+(1+κb)r.L_{1}^{b}=(\kappa r\nabla+(1+b\kappa)\nabla r)\cdot\nabla,\quad\tilde{L}_{2}^{b}:=\kappa\nabla r\nabla+(1+\kappa b)\nabla r\nabla.

This is a direct consequence of the proof of Lemma 5.2, rather than of the Lemma.

Proof of Lemma 5.2.

We first observe that the bound (5.21) is a direct consequence of (5.22) since L3wL_{3}w is a function of  curl w\mbox{\,curl }w. Hence it suffices to prove (5.20) and (5.22).

Before we dwelve fully into the proof, we note that we have the relatively standard weaker elliptic bounds

sH2,σ+12AL1sH0,σ12+sH1,σ12,\|s\|_{H^{2,\sigma+\frac{1}{2}}}\lesssim_{A}\|L_{1}s\|_{H^{0,\sigma-\frac{1}{2}}}+\|s\|_{H^{1,\sigma-\frac{1}{2}}},

respectively

wH2,σ+1A(L~2+L3)wH0,σ+wH1,σ.\|w\|_{H^{2,\sigma+1}}\lesssim_{A}\|(\tilde{L}_{2}+L_{3})w\|_{H^{0,\sigma}}+\|w\|_{H^{1,\sigma}}.

For these bounds we only need integration by parts, treating the first order term in both L1L_{1} and L~2+L3\tilde{L}_{2}+L_{3} perturbatively, and using only the pointwise bound for r\nabla r. We leave this straightforward computation to the reader.

Taking the above bounds into account, our bounds (5.20) and (5.22) reduce to the scale invariant estimates

(5.23) sH0,σ+12L1sH0,σ12,\|\nabla s\|_{H^{0,\sigma+\frac{1}{2}}}\lesssim\|L_{1}s\|_{H^{0,\sigma-\frac{1}{2}}},

respectively

(5.24) wH0,σ+1(L~2+L3)wH0,σ.\|\nabla w\|_{H^{0,\sigma+1}}\lesssim\|(\tilde{L}_{2}+L_{3})w\|_{H^{0,\sigma}}.

We consider first (5.20), where we proceed using a simple integration by parts. To avoid differentiating rr twice, we assume that at some point r(x0)=en\nabla r(x_{0})=e_{n}. Then in our domain we have

|ren|A1.|\nabla r-e_{n}|\lesssim A\ll 1.

We compute

r1κκ(κr+r)snsdx=κr1κΔsns+r1κκ(|ns|2+O(A)|s|2)dx=12r1κκ|s|2+O(A)|s|2dx,\begin{split}\int r^{\frac{1-\kappa}{\kappa}}(\kappa r\nabla+\nabla r)\nabla s\cdot\partial_{n}s\,dx=&\ \int\kappa r^{\frac{1}{\kappa}}\Delta s\partial_{n}s+r^{\frac{1-\kappa}{\kappa}}(|\partial_{n}s|^{2}+O(A)|\nabla s|^{2})\,dx\\ =&\ \frac{1}{2}\int r^{\frac{1-\kappa}{\kappa}}|\nabla s|^{2}+O(A)|\nabla s|^{2}\,dx,\end{split}

which suffices by the Cauchy-Schwarz inequality.


Next we consider the bound (5.21) for the vv component, where

r1κ((L~2+L3)w)i=\displaystyle r^{\frac{1}{\kappa}}((\tilde{L}_{2}+L_{3})w)_{i}= κ[irjwj+jr(jwiiwj)]+jriwj+jr(jwiiwj)\displaystyle\ \kappa[\partial_{i}r\partial_{j}w_{j}+\partial_{j}r(\partial_{j}w_{i}-\partial_{i}w_{j})]+\partial_{j}r\partial_{i}w_{j}+\partial_{j}r(\partial_{j}w_{i}-\partial_{i}w_{j})
=\displaystyle= κ[j(r1κ+1jwi)+r1κ(irjwjjriwj)].\displaystyle\ \kappa[\partial_{j}(r^{\frac{1}{\kappa}+1}\partial_{j}w_{i})+r^{\frac{1}{\kappa}}(\partial_{i}r\partial_{j}w_{j}-\partial_{j}r\partial_{i}w_{j})].

We use a computation similar to the one before, integrating by parts and using the fact that all the tangential derivatives of rr are O(A)O(A) and its normal derivative is 1+O(A)1+O(A),

r1κ(L~2+L3)wnwdx=κr1κ+1jwinjwi+r1κ((irjwjjriwj)nwi+O(A)|w|2)dx=κr1κ[12(1κ+1)|jwi|2+jwjnwnnwjjwn+O(A)|w|2]dx.\begin{split}\int\!r^{\frac{1}{\kappa}}(\tilde{L}_{2}+L_{3})w\!\cdot\!\partial_{n}w\,dx=&\kappa\!\int\!\!-r^{\frac{1}{\kappa}+1}\partial_{j}w_{i}\partial_{n}\partial_{j}w_{i}\!+\!r^{\frac{1}{\kappa}}\left((\partial_{i}r\partial_{j}w_{j}\!-\!\partial_{j}r\partial_{i}w_{j})\partial_{n}w_{i}\!+\!O(A)|\nabla w|^{2}\right)dx\\ =&\kappa\int r^{\frac{1}{\kappa}}\left[\frac{1}{2}(\frac{1}{\kappa}+1)|\partial_{j}w_{i}|^{2}+\partial_{j}w_{j}\partial_{n}w_{n}-\partial_{n}w_{j}\partial_{j}w_{n}+O(A)|\nabla w|^{2}\right]\,dx.\end{split}

We claim that the above expression can be bounded from below by

(1O(A))r1κ|w|2dx.\geq\ (1-O(A))\int r^{\frac{1}{\kappa}}|\nabla w|^{2}\,dx.

To see that, we cancel the two |nwn|2|\partial_{n}w_{n}|^{2} terms, and restricting indices below to k,mnk,m\neq n, we have to show that

(5.25) r1κ(kwknwnnwkkwn)dx12r1κ[|jwi|2+O(A)|w|2]dx-\int r^{\frac{1}{\kappa}}(\partial_{k}w_{k}\partial_{n}w_{n}-\partial_{n}w_{k}\partial_{k}w_{n})\,dx\lesssim\frac{1}{2}\int r^{\frac{1}{\kappa}}\left[|\partial_{j}w_{i}|^{2}+O(A)|\nabla w|^{2}\right]\,dx

Indeed, we can bound the expression on the left by Cauchy-Schwarz as

r1κ(kwknwnnwkkwn)dx12r1κ(|k=1n1kwk|2+|nwn|2+k=1n1(|nwk|2+kwn|2))dx.-\int r^{\frac{1}{\kappa}}(\partial_{k}w_{k}\partial_{n}w_{n}-\partial_{n}w_{k}\partial_{k}w_{n})\,dx\lesssim\frac{1}{2}\int r^{\frac{1}{\kappa}}(|\sum_{k=1}^{n-1}\partial_{k}w_{k}|^{2}+|\partial_{n}w_{n}|^{2}+\sum_{k=1}^{n-1}(|\partial_{n}w_{k}|^{2}+\partial_{k}w_{n}|^{2}))\,dx.

If we can establish that the first term on the right admits the equivalent representation

r1κ(|k=1n1kwk|2dx=r1κ(k,m=1n1kwmmwk+O(A)|w|2)dx,\int r^{\frac{1}{\kappa}}(|\sum_{k=1}^{n-1}\partial_{k}w_{k}|^{2}\,dx=\int r^{\frac{1}{\kappa}}(\sum_{k,m=1}^{n-1}\partial_{k}w_{m}\partial_{m}w_{k}+O(A)|\nabla w|^{2})\,dx,

then (5.25) follows by one more application of Cauchy-Schwarz. This last bound, in turn, reduces to the relation

(5.26) Ikm:=r1κ(kwmmwkmwmkwk)dx=O(A)r1κ|w|2dx.I_{km}:=\int r^{\frac{1}{\kappa}}(\partial_{k}w_{m}\partial_{m}w_{k}-\partial_{m}w_{m}\partial_{k}w_{k})\,dx=O(A)\int r^{\frac{1}{\kappa}}|\nabla w|^{2}\,dx.

In the model case r=xnr=x_{n}, the left hand side is exactly zero, integrating by parts. In the general case, we arrive at almost the same result after a more careful integration by parts:

Ikm=\displaystyle I_{km}= r1κ+1n(kwmmwkmwmkwk)dx+O(A)r1κ|w|2dx\displaystyle\int r^{\frac{1}{\kappa}+1}\partial_{n}(\partial_{k}w_{m}\partial_{m}w_{k}-\partial_{m}w_{m}\partial_{k}w_{k})\,dx+O(A)\int r^{\frac{1}{\kappa}}|\nabla w|^{2}\,dx
=\displaystyle= r1κ+1k(nwmmwkmwmnwk)+m(nwkkwmkwknwm)dx\displaystyle\int r^{\frac{1}{\kappa}+1}\partial_{k}(\partial_{n}w_{m}\partial_{m}w_{k}-\partial_{m}w_{m}\partial_{n}w_{k})+\partial_{m}(\partial_{n}w_{k}\partial_{k}w_{m}-\partial_{k}w_{k}\partial_{n}w_{m})\,dx
+O(A)r1κ|w|2dx\displaystyle+O(A)\int r^{\frac{1}{\kappa}}|\nabla w|^{2}\,dx
=\displaystyle= O(A)r1κ|w|2dx\displaystyle O(A)\int r^{\frac{1}{\kappa}}|\nabla w|^{2}\,dx

This concludes the proof of (5.26), and thus the proof of the lemma.

The above set-up suffices in order to prove our coercivity bounds. We will successively establish the estimates

(5.27) (s2j2,w2j2)2k2j+2(s2j,w2j)2k2j+O(A)(r,v)2k,1jk.\|(s_{2j-2},w_{2j-2})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2k-2j+2}}\lesssim\|(s_{2j},w_{2j})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2k-2j}}+O(A)\|(r,v)\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2k}},\qquad 1\leq j\leq k.

Concatenating these bounds we get the desired estimates in the theorem, where the errors are absorbed using the smallness condition A1A\ll 1.

The case j=kj=k follows directly from Lemma 5.2 above, using the interpolation estimates to get smallness for (f2k,g2k)(f_{2k},g_{2k}), in the sense that

(5.28) (f2k,g2k)AA(r,v)2k.\|(f_{2k},g_{2k})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}}\lesssim_{A}A\|(r,v)\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2k}}.

The case 2j<k2\leq j<k requires an additional argument. Precisely, we will apply Lemma 5.2 to functions (s,w)(s,w) of the form

s=Ls2j2,w=Lw2j2,s=Ls_{2j-2},\qquad w=Lw_{2j-2},

where LL is any operator in the right class,

L=rab,2ab2(kj).L=r^{a}\partial^{b},\qquad 2a\leq b\leq 2(k-j).

In order to do that we need to have a good relation between L(s2j,w2j)L(s_{2j},w_{2j}) and L(s2j2,w2j2)L(s_{2j-2},w_{2j-2}). To achieve this, we apply LL in (5.7). For s2js_{2j} this yields

L1Ls2j2=Ls2j[L,L1]s2j2Lf2j,L_{1}Ls_{2j-2}=Ls_{2j}-[L,L_{1}]s_{2j-2}-Lf_{2j},

where we need to examine more closely the commutator term. To keep the analysis simple it suffices to argue by induction on aa, beginning with a=0a=0. All terms in the commutator, where at least one rr factor gets differentiated twice, are non-endpoint terms, and can be estimated by interpolation. All terms in the commutator where two rr factors get differentiated are taken care of by the induction in aa. Finally, all terms where only one rr term is differentiated are also taken care of by the induction in aa, unless a=0a=0. Thus if a>0a>0 then all commutator terms are estimated either as error terms or via the induction hypothesis.

So the only nontrivial case is when a=0a=0. In this case it is convenient to consider a frame (x,xn)(x^{\prime},x_{n}) adapted to the free surface, so that

|r|A,|nr1|A.|\partial^{\prime}r|\lesssim A,\qquad|\partial_{n}r-1|\lesssim A.

Then all commutators with tangential derivatives are error terms, and the only nontrivial commutator terms are those with n\partial_{n}. For these, we write modulo good O(A)O(A) error terms

[nb,L1]bΔnb1brnb+bnb1()2.[\partial_{n}^{b},L_{1}]\approx b\Delta\partial_{n}^{b-1}\approx b\nabla r\cdot\nabla\partial_{n}^{b}+b\partial_{n}^{b-1}(\partial^{\prime})^{2}.

The contribution of the first term on the right can be included in L1L_{1}, akin to a conjugation. The contribution of the second term on the right can be viewed as an induction term if we phrase the argument as an induction in the number bb of normal derivatives. Then we can write

nbL1L1bnb,\partial_{n}^{b}L_{1}\approx L_{1}^{b}\partial_{n}^{b},

where

L1b=(κr+(1+bκ)r)L_{1}^{b}=(\kappa r\nabla+(1+b\kappa)\nabla r)\cdot\nabla

for which we can still apply the analysis in Lemma 5.2.

Finally, we consider the case j=1j=1, where the relation in Lemma 5.1 is not exactly true, but it is essentially true once we differentiate at least twice. Precisely, we compute

s2=κrΔr+12|r|2+rO(|v|2).s_{2}=\kappa r\Delta r+\frac{1}{2}|\nabla r|^{2}+rO(|\nabla v|^{2}).

Instead of comparing s2s_{2} with L1s0L_{1}s_{0}, we compare Ls2Ls_{2} with L1Ls0L_{1}Ls_{0} where as before L=rabL=r^{a}\partial^{b}. Here we must have b2b\geq 2, so we begin with the case a=0a=0 and b=2b=2. For tangential derivatives we get modulo O(A)O(A) error terms

bs2L1bs0,\partial^{b}s_{2}\approx L_{1}\partial^{b}s_{0},

while for normal derivatives

nbs2L1bnbs0.\partial_{n}^{b}s_{2}\approx L_{1}^{b}\partial_{n}^{b}s_{0}.

From here on the argument is similar to the j>2j>2 case.

The analysis is similar in the case of L2L_{2}, which, we recall, has the form

L2=(κr+r).L_{2}=\nabla(\kappa r\nabla+\nabla r).

For this we can write a similar conjugation relation, again modulo O(A)O(A) perturbative and induction terms,

nbL2L2bnb,\partial_{n}^{b}L_{2}\approx L_{2}^{b}\partial_{n}^{b},

where

L2b=(κr+(1+κb)r).L_{2}^{b}=\nabla(\kappa r\nabla+(1+\kappa b)\nabla r).

Substituting L2bL_{2}^{b} with L~2b\tilde{L}_{2}^{b}, we can then apply the elliptic bounds in Corollary 5.4. ∎

5.5. Energy estimates

Here we prove energy estimates in 2k{\mathcal{H}}^{2k} for solutions (r,v)(r,v). We recall the equations.

(5.29) {rt+vr+κrv=0vt+(v)v+r=0,\left\{\begin{aligned} &r_{t}+v\nabla r+\kappa r\nabla v=0\\ &v_{t}+(v\cdot\nabla)v+\nabla r=0,\end{aligned}\right.

or, with DtD_{t}:

(5.30) {Dtr+κrv=0Dtv+r=0.\left\{\begin{aligned} &D_{t}r+\kappa r\nabla v=0\\ &D_{t}v+\nabla r=0.\end{aligned}\right.

We will also use the transport equation for ω= curl v\omega=\mbox{\,curl }v,

(5.31) Dtω=ωv(v)Tω.D_{t}\omega=-\ \omega\cdot\nabla v-(\nabla v)^{T}\omega.

Now we consider the higher Sobolev norms 2k{\mathcal{H}}^{2k}. For these we will prove the following:

Theorem 7.

The energy functional E2kE^{2k} in 2k{\mathcal{H}}^{2k} has the following two properties:

a) Norm equivalence:

(5.32) E2k(r,v)A(r,v)2k2.E^{2k}(r,v)\approx_{A}\|(r,v)\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2k}}^{2}.

b) Energy estimate:

(5.33) ddtE2k(r,v)AB(r,v)2k2.\frac{d}{dt}E^{2k}(r,v)\lesssim_{A}B\|(r,v)\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2k}}^{2}.

The first part of the theorem, i.e. the coercivity, was proved in the previous subsection. To prove the second part of the theorem we will separately estimate the time derivative of each component in E2kE^{2k}. The first step in that is to derive the equations satisfied by the functions used in the definition of the energy.

I) The wave component. Here we will show that (s2k,w2k)(s_{2k},w_{2k}) is a good approximate solution to the linearized equation:

Lemma 5.5.

Let k1k\geq 1. The functions (s2k,w2k)(s_{2k},w_{2k}) solve the equations

(5.34) {Dts2k+w2kr+κrw2k=f2kDtw2k+s2k=g2k,\left\{\begin{aligned} &D_{t}s_{2k}+w_{2k}\cdot\nabla r+\kappa r\nabla w_{2k}=f_{2k}\\ &D_{t}w_{2k}+\nabla s_{2k}=g_{2k},\end{aligned}\right.

where f2kf_{2k} and g2kg_{2k} are non-endpoint161616We recall that this means that there is no single factor in f2kf_{2k}, respectively g2kg_{2k} which has order larger that k1k-1, respectively k12k-\frac{1}{2}. Equivalently, each of them has at least two 2+r\partial^{2+}r or v\partial v factors. multilinear expressions in rr, v\nabla v of order k12k-\frac{1}{2}, respectively kk, with exactly 2k+12k+1 derivatives.

Proof.

The assertions about the order and the number of derivatives are obvious. It remains to show that no single factor in f2kf_{2k}, respectively g2kg_{2k} has order larger that k1k-1, respectively k12k-\frac{1}{2}. In other words, we want to see that each product in f2kf_{2k}, respectively g2kg_{2k}, has at least two factors of the form 2+r\partial^{2+}r or 1+v\partial^{1+}v.

We begin with f2kf_{2k}:

f2k=\displaystyle f_{2k}= Dt(Dt2krrDt2k1v)+rDt2kv+κrDt2kv\displaystyle\ D_{t}(D_{t}^{2k}r-\nabla r\cdot D_{t}^{2k-1}v)+\nabla r\cdot D_{t}^{2k}v+\kappa r\nabla D_{t}^{2k}v
=\displaystyle= κ(Dt2k(rv)rDt2kv)Dt(r)Dt2k1v.\displaystyle\ -\kappa(D_{t}^{2k}(r\nabla v)-r\nabla D_{t}^{2k}v)-D_{t}(\nabla r)D_{t}^{2k-1}v.

The first term has a commutator structure involving [Dt2k,r][D_{t}^{2k},r\nabla] which yields at least a v\nabla v coefficient. The same happens with DtrD_{t}\nabla r in the second term.

We continue with g2kg_{2k}:

g2k=Dt2k+1v+(Dt2krrDt2k1v)=Dt2kr+Dt2krrDt2k1+2rDt2k1v.\begin{split}g_{2k}=&\ D_{t}^{2k+1}v+\nabla(D_{t}^{2k}r-\nabla r\cdot D_{t}^{2k-1}v)\\ =&\ -D_{t}^{2k}\nabla r+\nabla D_{t}^{2k}r-\nabla r\cdot\nabla D_{t}^{2k-1}+\nabla^{2}r\nabla D_{t}^{2k-1}v.\end{split}

Here we are commuting Dt2kD_{t}^{2k} with \nabla, which yield at lest a v\nabla v term. The only case when we do not get the desired structure is if the commutator occurs at the level of the last DtD_{t},

[Dt2k,]=[Dt2k1,]Dt+Dtk1[Dt,].[D_{t}^{2k},\nabla]=[D_{t}^{2k-1},\nabla]D_{t}+D_{t}^{k-1}[D_{t},\nabla].

The contribution of the first term is always balanced. However, for the second term we have

[Dt,]r=vr.[D_{t},\nabla]r=-\nabla v\cdot\nabla r.

Thus we get a possibly an unbalanced contribution if all of Dt2k1D_{t}^{2k-1} applies to vv. We obtain,

g2k=irjDt2k1viirjDt2k1vi+balanced=balanced.g_{2k}=\partial_{i}r\partial_{j}D_{t}^{2k-1}v_{i}-\partial_{i}r\partial_{j}D_{t}^{2k-1}v_{i}+\mbox{balanced}=\mbox{balanced}.

The computation for k=1k=1 is similar but simpler, and it is omitted.


II) The transport component. Here the functions whose weighted L2L^{2} norms we are trying to propagate are denoted by ω2k\omega_{2k}, and have the form

(5.35) ω2k=rabω,|b|2k1,ba=k1.\omega_{2k}=r^{a}\partial^{b}\omega,\qquad|b|\leq 2k-1,\quad b-a=k-1.

For these functions we have

Lemma 5.6.

The functions ω2k\omega_{2k} are approximate solutions for the transport equation

(5.36) Dtω2k=h2k,D_{t}\omega_{2k}=h_{2k},

where h2kh_{2k} are non-endpoint multilinear expressions in rr, v\nabla v of order 2k2k with exactly kk derivatives.

Proof.

We compute the transport equation

Dtω2k=h2k,D_{t}\omega_{2k}=h_{2k},

where we write schematically

h2k=Dt(rk2k1ω)\displaystyle h_{2k}=D_{t}(r^{k}\partial^{2k-1}\omega) =[Dt,rk2k1]ωrk2k1(v)2.\displaystyle=[D_{t},r^{k}\partial^{2k-1}]\omega-r^{k}\partial^{2k-1}(\nabla v)^{2}.

This proves that all terms in h2kh_{2k} are balanced, since all commutators include v\nabla v factors. ∎

To conclude the proof of the energy estimates it remains to bound the time derivative of the linearized energies

(s2k,w2k)2,ω2kL2σ2\|(s_{2k},w_{2k})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}}^{2},\qquad\|\omega_{2k}\|_{L^{2}_{\sigma}}^{2}

by AB(r,v)2k\lesssim_{A}B\|(r,v)\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2k}}. In view of our energy estimates for the linearized equation, respectively the transport equation, in order to obtain the desired estimate it suffices to bound the source terms (f2k,g2k)(f_{2k},g_{2k}), respectively h2kh_{2k}:

Lemma 5.7.

The expressions ff and gg above satisfy the scale invariant bounds

(5.37) (f2k,g2k)+h2kH0,σAB(r,v)2k.\|(f_{2k},g_{2k})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}}+\|h_{2k}\|_{H^{0,\sigma}}\lesssim_{A}B\|(r,v)\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2k}}.
Proof.

This follows using our interpolation inequalities in Propositions 2.14 2.15 and 2.16, following the same argument as in the proof of part (a) of Theorem 6.

The control parameter AA gives LL^{\infty} control at degree 0, i.e. for rL\|\nabla r\|_{L^{\infty}} and vC˙12\|v\|_{\dot{C}^{\frac{1}{2}}}, and BB gives LL^{\infty} control at degree 12\dfrac{1}{2}, i.e. for vL\|\nabla v\|_{L^{\infty}} and rC~0,12\|\nabla r\|_{{\tilde{C}^{0,\frac{1}{2}}}}.

We consider the factors in each multilinear expression in f2kf_{2k}, g2kg_{2k} and h2kh_{2k} as follows. The factors of order 12-\frac{1}{2} (i.e. the rr factors are interpreted as weights, and distributed to the other factors. The factors of order 0 in f2k,g2k,h2kf_{2k},g_{2k},h_{2k} (i.e. r\partial r factors) are directly estimated in LL^{\infty} by AA and discarded. The factors of maximum order are estimated directly by (r,v)2k\|(r,v)\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2k}}. The intermediate factors can be estimated in LpL^{p} norms in two ways, by interpolating the 2k{\mathcal{H}}^{2k} norm with AA, or by interpolating with BB.

Overall the product needs to be estimated in L2L^{2}, using exactly one (r,v)2k\|(r,v)\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2k}} factor. Then a scaling analysis shows that we will have to use exactly one BB norm, i.e. for instance for monomials f2kmf_{2k}^{m} of order mm in f2kf_{2k} we have

f2kmH0,σ12Am2B(r,v)2k.\|f_{2k}^{m}\|_{H^{0,\sigma-\frac{1}{2}}}\lesssim A^{m-2}B\|(r,v)\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2k}}.

This is exactly as in the proof of Theorem 6(a); the details are left for the reader.


6. Construction of regular solutions

This section contains the first part of the proof of our well-posedness result; precisely, here we give a constructive proof of existence of regular solutions. The rough solutions will be obtained in the following section as unique limits of regular solutions.

Given an initial data (r0,v0)(r_{0},v_{0}) with regularity

(r0,v0)𝐇2k,(r_{0},v_{0})\in{\mathbf{H}}^{2k},

where kk is assumed to be sufficiently large, we will construct a local in time solution with a lifespan depending on the 𝐇2k{\mathbf{H}}^{2k} size of the data. Unlike all prior works on this problem, which use parabolic regularization methods in Lagrangian coordinates, here we propose a new approach, implemented fully within the setting of the Eulerian coordinates.

Our novel method is loosely based on nonlinear semigroup methods, where an approximate solution is constructed by discretizing the problem in time. Then the challenge is to carry out a time step construction which, on one hand, is as simple as possible, but where, on the other hand, the uniform in time energy bounds survive. In a classical semigroup approach this would require solving an elliptic free boundary problem, with very precise estimates. At the other extreme, in a pure ode setting one could simply use an Euler type method. The Euler method cannot work here, because it would loose derivatives. A better alternative would be to combine an Euler method with a transport part; this would reduce, but not eliminate the loss of derivatives.

The idea of our approach is to retain the simplicity of the Euler + transport method, while preventing the loss of derivatives by an initial regularization step. Then the regularization step becomes the more delicate part of the argument, because it also needs to have good energy bounds. To achieve that, we carry out the regularization in a paradifferential fashion, but in a setting where we are avoiding the use of complicated classes of pseudodifferential operators. Thus, in a nutshell, our solution is to divide and conquer, splitting the time step into three:

  • Regularization

  • Transport

  • Euler’s method,

where the role of the first two steps is to improve the error estimate in the third step.

To summarize, our approach provides a new, simpler method to construct solutions in the context of free boundary problems. Further, we believe it will prove useful in a broader class of problems.

6.1. A few simplifications

In order to keep our construction as simple as possible, we observe here that we can make a few simplifying assumptions:

i) By finite speed of propagation and Galilean invariance, we can assume that vv vanishes and rr is linear outside a small compact set.

ii) Given the reduction in step (i), the coercivity bound (5.22) proved in Lemma 5.2 carries over to the operator L2+L3L_{2}+L_{3}. This yields a natural div-curl orthogonal decomposition for vv in {\mathcal{H}},

v=L2(L2+L3)1+L3(L2+L3)1v:=v1+v2v=L_{2}(L_{2}+L_{3})^{-1}+L_{3}(L_{2}+L_{3})^{-1}v:=v_{1}+v_{2}

where the first component is a gradient and the second depends only on  curl v\mbox{\,curl }v. In particular, it follows that we have

 curl vH2k1,1κ2=\displaystyle\|\mbox{\,curl }v\|_{H^{2k-1,\frac{1}{\kappa}}}^{2}=  curl v2H2k1,1κ2j=0k(L2+L3)jv2H0,1κ2\displaystyle\ \|\mbox{\,curl }v_{2}\|_{H^{2k-1,\frac{1}{\kappa}}}^{2}\approx\sum_{j=0}^{k}\|(L_{2}+L_{3})^{j}v_{2}\|_{H^{0,\frac{1}{\kappa}}}^{2}
\displaystyle\approx  curl vH0,1κ2+j=1kL3jvH0,1κ2\displaystyle\ \|\mbox{\,curl }v\|_{H^{0,\frac{1}{\kappa}}}^{2}+\sum_{j=1}^{k}\|L_{3}^{j}v\|_{H^{0,\frac{1}{\kappa}}}^{2}

where we refer the reader to Lemma 6.5 below for the second step. This allows us to make the simplified choice

(6.1) E2kt(r,v)= curl vH0,1κ2+j=1kL3jvH0,1κ2.E^{2k}_{t}(r,v)=\|\mbox{\,curl }v\|_{H^{0,\frac{1}{\kappa}}}^{2}+\sum_{j=1}^{k}\|L_{3}^{j}v\|_{H^{0,\frac{1}{\kappa}}}^{2}.

for the transport component of the energy.

6.2. Construction of approximate solutions

Given a small time-step ϵ>0\epsilon>0 and an initial data (r0,v0)𝐇2k(r_{0},v_{0})\in{\mathbf{H}}^{2k} we will produce a discrete approximate solution (r(jϵ),v(jϵ))(r(j\epsilon),v(j\epsilon)), with the following properties:

  • (Norm bound) We have

    (6.2) E2k(r((j+1)ϵ),v((j+1)ϵ))(1+Cϵ)E2k(r((jϵ),v(jϵ)).E^{2k}(r((j+1)\epsilon),v((j+1)\epsilon))\leq(1+C\epsilon)E^{2k}(r((j\epsilon),v(j\epsilon)).
  • (Approximate solution)

    (6.3) {r((j+1)ϵ)r(jϵ)+ϵ[v(jϵ)r(jϵ)+κr(jϵ)v(jϵ)]=O(ϵ1+)v((j+1)ϵ)v(jϵ)+ϵ[(v(jϵ))v(jϵ)+r(jϵ)]=O(ϵ1+).\left\{\begin{aligned} &r((j+1)\epsilon)-r(j\epsilon)+\epsilon\left[v(j\epsilon)\nabla r(j\epsilon)+\kappa r(j\epsilon)\nabla\cdot v(j\epsilon)\right]=O(\epsilon^{1+})\\ &v((j+1)\epsilon)-v(j\epsilon)+\epsilon\left[(v(j\epsilon)\cdot\nabla)v(j\epsilon)+\nabla r(j\epsilon)\right]=O(\epsilon^{1+}).\end{aligned}\right.

The first property will ensure a uniform energy bound for our sequence. The second property will guarantee that in the limit we obtain an exact solution. There we can use a weaker topology, where the exact choice of norms is not so important.

Having such a sequence of approximate solutions, it will be a fairly simple matter to produce, as the limit on a subsequence, an exact solution (r,v)(r,v) on a short time interval which stays bounded in the above topology. The key point is the construction of the above sequence. It suffices to carry out a single step:

Theorem 8.

Let kk be a large enough integer. Let (r0,v0)(r_{0},v_{0}) with regularity

(6.4) E2k(r0,v0)M,E^{2k}(r_{0},v_{0})\leq M,

and ϵ1\epsilon\ll 1. Then there exist a one step iterate (r1,v1)(r_{1},v_{1}) with the following properties:

  1. (1)

    (Norm bound) We have

    (6.5) E2k(r1,v1)(1+C(M)ϵ)E2k(r0,v0)E^{2k}(r_{1},v_{1})\leq(1+C(M)\epsilon)E^{2k}(r_{0},v_{0})
  2. (2)

    (Approximate solution)

    (6.6) {r1r0+ϵ[v0r0+κr0v0]=O(ϵ2)v1v0+ϵ[(v0)v0+r0]=O(ϵ2).\left\{\begin{aligned} &r_{1}-r_{0}+\epsilon[v_{0}\nabla r_{0}+\kappa r_{0}\nabla v_{0}]=O(\epsilon^{2})\\ &v_{1}-v_{0}+\epsilon[(v_{0}\cdot\nabla)v_{0}+\nabla r_{0}]=O(\epsilon^{2}).\end{aligned}\right.

The remainder of this subsection is devoted to the proof of this theorem.


We begin with an obvious observation, namely that a direct iteration (Euler’s method) loses derivatives. A better strategy would be to separate the transport part; this reduces (halves) the derivative loss, but does not fully eliminate it. However, if we precede this by an initial regularization step, then we can avoid the loss of derivatives altogether. In a nutshell, this will be our strategy. We begin with the outcome of the regularization step.

Proposition 6.1.

Given (r0,v0)𝐇2k(r_{0},v_{0})\in{\mathbf{H}}^{2k} as in (6.4), there exists a regularization (r,v)(r,v) with the following properties:

(6.7) rr0=O(ϵ2),vv0=O(ϵ2),r-r_{0}=O(\epsilon^{2}),\qquad v-v_{0}=O(\epsilon^{2}),

respectively

(6.8) E2k(r,v)(1+Cϵ)E2k(r0,v0),E^{2k}(r,v)\leq(1+C\epsilon)E^{2k}(r_{0},v_{0}),

and

(6.9) (r,v)2k+2ϵ1M.\|(r,v)\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2k+2}}\lesssim\epsilon^{-1}M.

We postpone for the moment the proof of the proposition, and instead we show how to use it in order to prove the result in Theorem 8.

Proof of Theorem 8.

Here we construct (r1,v1)(r_{1},v_{1}) starting from (r,v)(r,v) given by the last proposition. Naively the remaining steps are the Euler iteration

{r1=rϵκrvv1=vϵr,\left\{\begin{aligned} &r_{1}=r-\epsilon\kappa r\nabla v\\ &v_{1}=v-\epsilon\nabla r,\end{aligned}\right.

and the flow transport

(6.10) x1=x+ϵv(x).x_{1}=x+\epsilon v(x).

The important point is that these two steps cannot be carried out separately, as each of them taken alone seems to be unbounded. Instead, taken together there is an extra cancellation to be taken advantage of, which is the direct analogue of a similar cancellation in the energy estimates. Using the transport as above, (r1,v1)(r_{1},v_{1}) are defined as follows:

(6.11) {r1(x1)=r(x)ϵκr(x)v(x),v1(x1)=v(x)ϵr(x).\left\{\begin{aligned} &r_{1}(x_{1})=r(x)-\epsilon\kappa r(x)\nabla v(x),\\ &v_{1}(x_{1})=v(x)-\epsilon\nabla r(x).\end{aligned}\right.

It remain to show that these have the properties in the proposition. We begin by observing that

r1(x1)=r(x)(1+O(ϵ)),r_{1}(x_{1})=r(x)(1+O(\epsilon)),

so these can be used interchangeably as weights. We also have

dx1=dx(1+O(ϵ)),dx_{1}=dx(1+O(\epsilon)),

so the same can be said for the measures of integration.

We successively compute DtD_{t} derivatives of (r1,v1)(r_{1},v_{1}) in terms of similar derivatives of (r,v)(r,v). We will work with operators of the form Dt2jD_{t}^{2j}. As before, when applied to a data set (r,v)(r,v), these are interpreted as multilinear partial differential expressions, as if they were applied to a solution and then re-expressed, using the equations, in terms of the initial data. In particular, we recall that the expressions Dt2jrD_{t}^{2j}r and Dt2jvD_{t}^{2j}v have orders (j2)/2(j-2)/2, respectively (j1)/2(j-1)/2.

Switching from derivatives in xx to derivatives in x1x_{1} is done by repeated applications of the chain rule, which involves the Jacobian

J=(I+ϵDv)1.J=(I+\epsilon Dv)^{-1}.

Thus in this calculation we will not only produce multilinear expressions, but also powers of JJ. To describe errors, we will enhance our standard notion of order by assigning the order 12-\frac{1}{2} to ϵ\epsilon; this is natural because as a time step, ϵ\epsilon can be thought of as the dual variable to DtD_{t}. Such a choice will ensure that the expression ϵv\epsilon\nabla v has order 0, and that all our relations below are homogeneous. Then we have

Lemma 6.2.

a) The following algebraic relations hold:

(6.12) {Dt2jr1(x1)=Dt2jr(x)+ϵDt2j+1r(x)+ϵ2R2j(r,v,ϵv)(x)Dt2jv1(x1)=Dt2jv(x)+ϵDt2j+1v(x)+ϵ2V2j(r,v,ϵv)(x),\left\{\begin{aligned} D_{t}^{2j}r_{1}(x_{1})=&\ D_{t}^{2j}r(x)+\epsilon D_{t}^{2j+1}r(x)+\epsilon^{2}R_{2j}(r,v,\epsilon\nabla v)(x)\\ D_{t}^{2j}v_{1}(x_{1})=&\ D_{t}^{2j}v(x)+\epsilon D_{t}^{2j+1}v(x)+\epsilon^{2}V_{2j}(r,v,\epsilon\nabla v)(x),\end{aligned}\right.

where RjR_{j} and VjV_{j} are multilinear expressions in (r,v,ϵv)(r,\nabla v,\epsilon\nabla v) and their derivatives, and also JJ, with the following properties:

  • vv does not appear undifferentiated.

  • They have order 22 respectively j+1/2j+1/2.

  • In addition to powers of JJ, they contain exactly 2j+22j+2 derivatives applied to factors of rr, vv or ϵv\epsilon\nabla v.

  • They are balanced, i.e. they contain at least two 2+r\partial^{2+}r or 1+v\partial^{1+}v factors.

b) Similar relations hold for ω= curl v\omega=\mbox{\,curl }v and its weighted derivatives ω2j\omega_{2j}

(6.13) ω2j,1(x1)=ω2j(x)ϵh2jϵ2W2j(ω,v,ϵv)(x).\omega_{2j,1}(x_{1})=\omega_{2j}(x)-\epsilon h_{2j}-\epsilon^{2}W_{2j}(\omega,v,\epsilon\nabla v)(x).

where h2jh_{2j} is as in (5.36) and W2jW_{2j} has the same properties as R2jR_{2j} and V2jV_{2j} above.

Proof.

We prove part (a), as part (b) is similar. As discussed earlier, transcribing the expression Dtjr1(x1)D_{t}^{j}r_{1}(x_{1}) in terms of rr and vv is based on repeated application of chain rule, which involves the Jacobian

J=(I+ϵDv)1,J=(I+\epsilon Dv)^{-1},

and yields contributions of order zero. Thus one easily obtains

(6.14) {Dtjr1(x1)=Dtjr(x)+ϵR~j(r,v,ϵv)(x)Dtjv1(x1)=Dtjv(x)+ϵV~j(r,v,ϵv)(x),\left\{\begin{aligned} D_{t}^{j}r_{1}(x_{1})=&\ D_{t}^{j}r(x)+\epsilon\tilde{R}_{j}(r,v,\epsilon\nabla v)(x)\\ D_{t}^{j}v_{1}(x_{1})=&\ D_{t}^{j}v(x)+\epsilon\tilde{V}_{j}(r,v,\epsilon\nabla v)(x),\end{aligned}\right.

where R~j\tilde{R}_{j} and V~j\tilde{V}_{j} are multilinear expressions in (r,v,ϵv)(r,\nabla v,\epsilon\nabla v) and with added powers of JJ and which have order (j1)/2(j-1)/2, respectively j/2j/2, and exactly j+1j+1 derivatives applied to factors of r,vr,v or ϵv\epsilon\nabla v.

It remains to identify the coefficients of the ϵ\epsilon terms, which are

(R~j(r,v,0),V~j(r,v,0)).(\tilde{R}_{j}(r,\nabla v,0),\tilde{V}_{j}(r,\nabla v,0)).

Identifying ϵ\epsilon with time tt, and redenoting (r1,v1)=(r(t),v(t))(r_{1},v_{1})=(r(t),v(t)), we have

(R~j(r,v,0),V~j(r,v,0))=ddt(Dtjr(x),Dtjv(x)),t=0.(\tilde{R}_{j}(r,\nabla v,0),\tilde{V}_{j}(r,\nabla v,0))=\frac{d}{dt}(D_{t}^{j}r(x),D_{t}^{j}v(x)),_{t=0}.

But by construction the functions (r(t),v(t))(r(t),v(t)) solve the equation at t=0t=0, so the desired identification holds. ∎

Returning to the proof of the theorem, we note that the above lemma already gives the bound (6.6) in the uniform topology. It remains to prove the bound (6.5), where we have to compare E2k(r,v)E^{2k}(r,v) with E2k(r1,v1)E^{2k}(r_{1},v_{1}). We recall that these energies have the wave component and the curl component. These are treated in a similar way, so we will focus on the wave component which is more interesting. For this we need to compare the L2L^{2} type norms of the good variables

(s2k,w2k)r2,(s1,2k,w1,2k)r12.\|(s_{2k},w_{2k})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}_{r}}^{2},\qquad\|(s_{1,2k},w_{1,2k})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}_{r_{1}}}^{2}.

The lower order norms also need to be compared, but that is a straightforward matter. Note that these norms are represented as integrals over different domains. However, we identify these domains via (6.10), and we compare the corresponding densities accordingly.

For exact solutions, the good variables solve the linearized equations with source terms (5.34). For our iteration, the above lemma yields a similar relation with additional source terms,

(6.15) {s2k,1=s2kϵ(w2kr+κrw2k)ϵf2k+ϵ2R2kw2k,1=w2kϵs2kϵg2k+ϵ2V2k,\left\{\begin{aligned} &s_{2k,1}=s_{2k}-\epsilon(w_{2k}\cdot\nabla r+\kappa r\nabla w_{2k})-\epsilon f_{2k}+\epsilon^{2}R_{2k}\\ &w_{2k,1}=w_{2k}-\epsilon\nabla s_{2k}-\epsilon g_{2k}+\epsilon^{2}V_{2k},\end{aligned}\right.

where f2k,g2kf_{2k},g_{2k} are perturbative source terms as in Lemma 5.5, and (R2k,V2k)(R_{2k},V_{2k}) are as in the lemma above. The terms (f2k,g2k)(f_{2k},g_{2k}) satisfy the bound (5.37) in Lemma 5.7, which we recall here:

(f2k,g2k)AB(r,v)2k,\|(f_{2k},g_{2k})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}}\lesssim_{A}B\|(r,v)\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2k}},

which is what allows us to treat them as perturbative.

In a similar fashion, Lemma 5.7 shows that the expressions (R2k,V2k)(R_{2k},V_{2k}) satisfy

(R2k,V2k)AB(r,v)2k+1.\|(R_{2k},V_{2k})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}}\lesssim_{A}B\|(r,v)\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2k+1}}.

Since these terms have an ϵ2\epsilon^{2} factor, the bound (6.9) also allows us to treat them as perturbative.

It remains to estimate the main expression, for which we compute

E1=(s2kϵ(w2kr+κrw2k),w2kϵs2k)(x1)r12=(s2kϵ(w2kr+κrw2k),w2kϵs2k)r2+C(M)ϵ=(s2k,w2k)22ϵ(s2k,w2k),(w2kr+κrw2k,s2k)+ϵ2(w2kr+κrw2k,s2k)2+C(M)ϵ.\begin{split}E_{1}=&\ \|(s_{2k}-\epsilon(w_{2k}\cdot\nabla r+\kappa r\nabla w_{2k}),w_{2k}-\epsilon\nabla s_{2k})(x_{1})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}_{r_{1}}}^{2}\\ =&\ \|(s_{2k}-\epsilon(w_{2k}\cdot\nabla r+\kappa r\nabla w_{2k}),w_{2k}-\epsilon\nabla s_{2k})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}_{r}}^{2}+C(M)\epsilon\\ =&\ \|(s_{2k},w_{2k})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}}^{2}-2\epsilon\langle(s_{2k},w_{2k}),(w_{2k}\cdot\nabla r+\kappa r\nabla w_{2k},\nabla s_{2k})\rangle_{{\mathcal{H}}}\\ &+\epsilon^{2}\|(w_{2k}\cdot\nabla r+\kappa r\nabla w_{2k},\nabla s_{2k})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}}^{2}+C(M)\epsilon.\end{split}

The second term can be seen to vanish after integrating by parts; this is the same cancellation seen in the proof of the energy estimates for the linearized equation. The third term, on the other hand, can be estimated as an error term via (6.9),

(w2kr+κrw2k,s2k)(s2k,w2k)12(s2k,w2k)212,Mϵ1.\|(w_{2k}\cdot\nabla r+\kappa r\nabla w_{2k},\nabla s_{2k})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}}\lesssim\|(s_{2k},w_{2k})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}}^{\frac{1}{2}}\|(s_{2k},w_{2k})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2}}^{\frac{1}{2}},\lesssim_{M}\epsilon^{-1}.

This concludes the proof of the theorem. ∎

Now we return to the proof of our regularization result in Proposition 6.1.

Proof of Proposition 6.1.

We begin with a heuristic discussion, for which the starting point and the first candidate is the regularization already constructed in Proposition 2.11, with the matched parabolic frequency scale 22h=ϵ2^{-2h}=\epsilon. This will satisfy the properties (6.7) and (6.9), but it is not accurate enough for (6.8).

To improve on this and construct a better regularization we need to understand its effect on the energies, and primarily on the leading energy term which is (s2k,w2k)2\|(s_{2k},w_{2k})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}}^{2}. For this we need to better understand the expressions for (s2k,w2k)(s_{2k},w_{2k}). We have seen earlier that we have the approximate relations

s2kL1s2k2,w2kL2w2k2,s_{2k}\approx L_{1}s_{2k-2},\qquad w_{2k}\approx L_{2}w_{2k-2},

so one might expect that we have

s2kL1kr,w2kL2kv.s_{2k}\approx L_{1}^{k}r,\qquad w_{2k}\approx L_{2}^{k}v.

However, this is not exactly accurate, as one can see by considering the first relation for k=1k=1. There

s2=κrΔr+12|r|2,s_{2}=\kappa r\Delta r+\frac{1}{2}|\nabla r|^{2},

whereas

L1r=κrΔr+|r|2.L_{1}r=\kappa r\Delta r+|\nabla r|^{2}.

To rectify this discrepancy, we will interpret the operators L1L_{1} and L2L_{2} in a paradifferential fashion, i.e. decouple the rr appearing in the coefficients of L1L_{1} and L2L_{2} from the rr in the argument of L1kL_{1}^{k}. Instead, the rr in the coefficients will be harmlessly replaced with a regularized version of itself, call it rr_{-} and correspondingly L1L_{1} and L2L_{2} will be replaced by L1L^{-}_{1}, L2L^{-}_{2}. Then we will be able to write approximate relations of the form

s2L1(rr)+s2,s_{2}\approx L_{1}^{-}(r-r_{-})+s^{-}_{2},

and further

s2k(L1)k(rr)+s2k,s_{2k}\approx(L^{-}_{1})^{k}(r-r_{-})+s^{-}_{2k},

and similarly for w2kw_{2k}.

Based on these considerations, we will construct our regularization as follows:

  • Start with the initial state (r0,v0)𝐇2k(r_{0},v_{0})\in{\mathbf{H}}^{2k}.

  • Produce two initial regularizations r+r_{+} and rr_{-} of r0r_{0}, on scales h+>h>hh^{+}>h>h^{-}, with slightly larger domains, and then restrict them to Ω={r>0}\Omega^{-}=\{r_{-}>0\}.

  • Use the selfadjoint operators L1L_{1} and L2+L3L_{2}+L_{3} associated to rr_{-} to regularize the high frequency part (r+r,v+v)(r_{+}-r_{-},v_{+}-v_{-}) within Ω\Omega^{-} below frequency 2h2^{h}.

  • Obtain the hh scale regularization (r~,v~)({\tilde{r}},{\tilde{v}}) of (r0,v0)(r_{0},v_{0}) in Ω\Omega^{-}, by adding the low frequency part (r,v)(r_{-},v_{-}) to the regularized high frequency part.

  • Decrease r~{\tilde{r}} by a small constant c=O(ϵ4)c=O(\epsilon^{4}) and set (r,v)=(r~c,v~)(r,v)=({\tilde{r}}-c,{\tilde{v}}), in order to ensure that Ω:={r>0}Ω\Omega:=\left\{r>0\right\}\subset\Omega^{-}.


1. A formal computation and the good variables. Both in order to motivate the definition of our regularization, and as a tool to prove we have the correct regularization, here we consider the question of comparing the good variables (s02k,w02k)(s^{0}_{2k},w^{0}_{2k}) associated to (r0,v0)(r_{0},v_{0}) with (s~2k,w~2k)({\tilde{s}}_{2k},{\tilde{w}}_{2k}) associated to (r~,v~)({\tilde{r}},{\tilde{v}}). The lemma below is purely algebraic, and makes no reference to the relation between (r0,v0)(r_{0},v_{0}) and (r~,v~)({\tilde{r}},{\tilde{v}}).

Each term in (s2k,w2k)(s_{2k},w_{2k}) is a multilinear expression of the same order in (r,v)(r,v), so we will view the difference

(s02k,w02k)(s~2k,w~2k)(s^{0}_{2k},w^{0}_{2k})-({\tilde{s}}_{2k},{\tilde{w}}_{2k})

as a multilinear expression in (r0r~,v0v~)(r_{0}-{\tilde{r}},v_{0}-{\tilde{v}}) and (r~,v~)({\tilde{r}},{\tilde{v}}). Heuristically we will think of the first expression as the high frequency part of (r0,v0)(r_{0},v_{0}) and the second expression as the low frequency part. Since we are working here in high regularity, the intuition is that high-high terms will be better behaved and can be assigned to the error. Explicitly, we write

(6.16) {s02k=s~2k+Ds2k(r~,v~)(r0r~,v0v~)+F2kw02k=w~2k+Dw2k(r~,v~)(r0r~,v0v~)+G2k,\left\{\begin{aligned} s^{0}_{2k}=&\ {\tilde{s}}_{2k}+Ds_{2k}({\tilde{r}},{\tilde{v}})(r_{0}-{\tilde{r}},v_{0}-{\tilde{v}})+F_{2k}\\ w^{0}_{2k}=&\ {\tilde{w}}_{2k}+Dw_{2k}({\tilde{r}},{\tilde{v}})(r_{0}-{\tilde{r}},v_{0}-{\tilde{v}})+G_{2k},\end{aligned}\right.

where Ds2kDs_{2k} and Dw2kDw_{2k} stand for the differentials of s2ks_{2k} and w2kw_{2k} as functions of (r,v)(r,v). This is akin to a paradifferential expansion of (s2k0,w2k0)(s_{2k}^{0},w_{2k}^{0}). In this expansion all terms on each line have the same order, which is k1k-1, respectively k12k-\frac{1}{2}, and (F2k,G2k)(F_{2k},G_{2k}) are at least bilinear in the difference (r0r~,v0v~)(r_{0}-{\tilde{r}},v_{0}-{\tilde{v}}).

The high-high terms (F2k,G2k)(F_{2k},G_{2k}) will play a perturbative role in our analysis. This leaves us with the terms which are linear in the difference, i.e. the low-high terms involving the two differentials Ds2kDs_{2k} and Dw2kDw_{2k}. We will further simplify this, by observing that the low-high terms where the low frequency factor is differentiated (i.e. has order >0>0) are also favourable. This leaves us only with low-high terms with top order in the high frequency factor in the leading part. These terms are identified in the following lemma:

Lemma 6.3.

We have the algebraic relations

(6.17) {Ds2k(r~,v~)(r0r~,v0v~)=(L1(r~))k(r0r~)+F~2kDw2k(r~,v~)(r0r~,v0v~)=(L2(r~))k(v0v~)+G~2k,\left\{\begin{aligned} Ds_{2k}({\tilde{r}},{\tilde{v}})(r_{0}-{\tilde{r}},v_{0}-{\tilde{v}})=&\ \ (L_{1}({\tilde{r}}))^{k}(r_{0}-{\tilde{r}})+\tilde{F}_{2k}\\ Dw_{2k}({\tilde{r}},{\tilde{v}})(r_{0}-{\tilde{r}},v_{0}-{\tilde{v}})=&\ (L_{2}({\tilde{r}}))^{k}(v_{0}-{\tilde{v}})+\tilde{G}_{2k},\end{aligned}\right.

where the error terms (F~2k,G~2k)(\tilde{F}_{2k},\tilde{G}_{2k}) are linear in (r0r~,v0v~)(r_{0}-{\tilde{r}},v_{0}-{\tilde{v}}),

F~2k=D12k(r~,v~)(r0r~,v0v~),G~2k=D22k(r~,v~)(r0r~,v0v~),\tilde{F}_{2k}=D^{1}_{2k}({\tilde{r}},{\tilde{v}})(r_{0}-{\tilde{r}},v_{0}-{\tilde{v}}),\qquad\tilde{G}_{2k}=D^{2}_{2k}({\tilde{r}},{\tilde{v}})(r_{0}-{\tilde{r}},v_{0}-{\tilde{v}}),

whose coefficients are multilinear differential expressions in (r~,v~)({\tilde{r}},{\tilde{v}}) which contain at least one factor with order >0>0, i.e. 2+r~\partial^{2+}{\tilde{r}} or 1+v~\partial^{1+}{\tilde{v}}.

We remark that combining (6.16) and (6.17) we obtain the expansion

(6.18) {s02k=s~2k+(L1(r~))k(r0r~)+F2k+F~2kw02k=w~2k+(L2(r~))k(v0v~)+G2k+G~2k,\left\{\begin{aligned} s^{0}_{2k}=&\ {\tilde{s}}_{2k}+(L_{1}({\tilde{r}}))^{k}(r_{0}-{\tilde{r}})+F_{2k}+\tilde{F}_{2k}\\ w^{0}_{2k}=&\ {\tilde{w}}_{2k}+(L_{2}({\tilde{r}}))^{k}(v_{0}-{\tilde{v}})+G_{2k}+\tilde{G}_{2k},\end{aligned}\right.

where all terms on each line are multilinear expressions in (r0r~,v0v~)(r_{0}-{\tilde{r}},v_{0}-{\tilde{v}}) and (r~,v~)({\tilde{r}},{\tilde{v}}) of order k1k-1, respectively k12k-\frac{1}{2}, and whose multilinear error terms have either:

  1. a)

    (high-high) two difference factors, i.e. (F2k,G2k)(F_{2k},G_{2k}) or

  2. b)

    (low-high balanced) exactly one difference factor, and at least one nondifference factor with order >0>0, i.e. (F~2k,G~2k)(\tilde{F}_{2k},\tilde{G}_{2k}).

One should think of the above expansions as paradifferential linearizations, but implemented without using the paraproduct formalism.

Proof.

Our starting point is provided by the relations (5.7), differentiated with respect to (r,v)(r,v). This yields

Ds2j=L1(r)Ds2j2DL1(r)s2j2+Df2j,j2.Ds_{2j}=L_{1}(r)Ds_{2j-2}-DL_{1}(r)s_{2j-2}+Df_{2j},\qquad j\geq 2.

Since the expression f2jf_{2j} is balanced, its differential can be included in D12kD^{1}_{2k}. Similarly, the second expression on the right also has terms of order >0>0 in (r,v)(r,v). Thus we get

(6.19) Ds2j=L1(r)Ds2j2+F~2j,j2.Ds_{2j}=L_{1}(r)Ds_{2j-2}+\tilde{F}_{2j},\qquad j\geq 2.

Next we turn our attention to the case j=1j=1, where we have

s2=κrΔr12|r|2+f2,s_{2}=\kappa r\Delta r-\frac{1}{2}|\nabla r|^{2}+f_{2},

therefore

Ds2=κrΔ+κΔrr+Df2,Ds_{2}=\kappa r\Delta+\kappa\Delta r-\nabla r\nabla+Df_{2},

where the second and forth terms are admissible errors, so we also get (6.19). Then the conclusion of the lemma follows by reiterated use of (6.19). The argument for w2kw_{2k} is similar. ∎

2. Regularizations for (r0,v0)(r_{0},v_{0}). We begin with the dyadic frequency scale hh matching the time step ϵ\epsilon, in a parabolic fashion, namely 22h=ϵ2^{-2h}=\epsilon. As mentioned earlier, the direct regularization (rh,vh)(r^{h},v^{h}) of (r0,v0)(r_{0},v_{0}) given by Proposition 2.11 is not a sufficiently accurate regularization, in that it satisfies the properties (6.7) and (6.9), but not necessarily (6.8).

Nevertheless, we will still use Proposition 2.11 to bracket our desired regularization as follows. Starting with the frequency scale hh we define a lower and a higher frequency scale

1h<h<h+,1\ll h^{-}<h<h^{+},

where hh^{-} and h+h^{+} will be chosen later to satisfy a specific set of constraints. We remark for now that this is a soft choice, in that there is a large range of parameters that will work.

Correspondingly we consider the regularizations given by Proposition 2.11, denoted by

(r+,v+)=(rh+,vh+),(r,v)=(rh,vh).(r_{+},v_{+})=(r^{h^{+}},v^{h^{+}}),\qquad(r_{-},v_{-})=(r^{h^{-}},v^{h^{-}}).

These regularizations are defined on the enlarged domains Ω~[h+]{\tilde{\Omega}}^{[h^{+}]}, respectively Ω~[h]{\tilde{\Omega}}^{[h^{-}]}. We will use them on the domain Ω={r>0}\Omega^{-}=\{r_{-}>0\}. By Proposition 2.11, this domain’s boundary is at distance at most 22h(kk0+1)2^{-2h^{-}(k-k_{0}+1)} from the original boundary Γ0\Gamma_{0}. In order to ensure that (r+,v+)(r_{+},v_{+}) are defined on this domain, we will impose the constraint

(6.20) h+<h(kk0+1).h^{+}<h^{-}(k-k_{0}+1).
r=0r^{-}=0Γ\Gamma22h2^{-2h^{-}}\qquad22h+2^{-2h^{+}}Ω{\color[rgb]{1,0,0}\definecolor[named]{pgfstrokecolor}{rgb}{1,0,0}\Omega^{-}}Ω{\color[rgb]{0,0,1}\definecolor[named]{pgfstrokecolor}{rgb}{0,0,1}\Omega}r+r^{+}rr^{-}22h(kk0+1)\qquad\quad\qquad 2^{-2h^{-}(k-k_{0}+1)}
Figure 3. Domains associated with the regularization scheme.

We will think of (r,v)(r_{-},v_{-}) as a “sub”-regularization, which has to be a part of (r~,v~)({\tilde{r}},{\tilde{v}}), and of (r+,v+)(r_{+},v_{+}) as a “super”-regularization, in that (r~,v~)({\tilde{r}},{\tilde{v}}) will be a regularization of it. We arrive at (r,v)(r,v) in two steps:

  1. i)

    We define our first regularization (r~,v~)({\tilde{r}},{\tilde{v}}) as smooth functions in Ω\Omega^{-} as follows:

    (6.21) r~:=r+χϵ(L1(r))(r+r),{\tilde{r}}:=r_{-}+\chi_{\epsilon}(L_{1}(r_{-}))(r_{+}-r_{-}),
    (6.22) v~:=v+χϵ((L2+L3)(r))(v+v),{\tilde{v}}:=v_{-}+\chi_{\epsilon}((L_{2}+L_{3})(r_{-}))(v_{+}-v_{-}),

    where χϵ(λ):=χ(λϵ)\chi_{\epsilon}(\lambda):=\chi(\lambda\epsilon), with χ\chi a smooth, positive bump function with values in (0,1)(0,1) and the following asymptotics:

    (6.23) χ(λ)\displaystyle\chi(\lambda) 1λnear λ=0\displaystyle\ \approx 1-\lambda\qquad\text{near }\lambda=0
    χ(λ)\displaystyle\chi(\lambda) 1/λnear λ=\displaystyle\ \approx 1/\lambda\qquad\text{near }\lambda=\infty
  2. ii)

    The functions (r~,v~)({\tilde{r}},{\tilde{v}}) in Ω\Omega^{-} are not yet the desired regularizations as r~{\tilde{r}} does not vanish on the boundary Ω\Omega^{-}. If it were negative there, we would simply restrict them to Ω={r>0}\Omega=\{r>0\}. Unfortunately, all we know is that for some large CC we have

    |r~|22Ch on Γ.|{\tilde{r}}|\ll 2^{-2Ch}\qquad\text{ on }\ \ \Gamma^{-}.

    Then we define

    (6.24) (r,v):=(r~22Ch,v~)(r,v):=({\tilde{r}}-2^{-2Ch},{\tilde{v}})

    restricted to Ω={r>0}\Omega=\{r>0\} as our final regularization.


3. Bounds for the regularization (r~,v~)({\tilde{r}},{\tilde{v}}). To start with, we have the bounds for (r±,v±)(r^{\pm},v^{\pm}) from Proposition 2.11. So here we consider the bounds for (r~,v~)({\tilde{r}},{\tilde{v}}).

Lemma 6.4.

Assume that (r0,v0)𝐇2kM\|(r_{0},v_{0})\|_{{\mathbf{H}}^{2k}}\leq M. Then the following estimates hold for (r~,v~)({\tilde{r}},{\tilde{v}}) in Ω\Omega^{-}:

(6.25) (r~,v~)2k+2jrM22hj,j=0,1,\|({\tilde{r}},{\tilde{v}})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2k+2j}_{r_{-}}}\lesssim_{M}2^{2hj},\qquad j=0,1,

respectively

(6.26) (r+r~,v+v~)2k2rM22h.\|(r_{+}-{\tilde{r}},v_{+}-{\tilde{v}})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2k-2}_{r_{-}}}\lesssim_{M}2^{-2h}.
Proof.

a) With L1=L1(r)L_{1}=L_{1}(r_{-}) and similarly for L2L_{2} and L3L_{3}, we have the obvious bounds

(L1k+jr~,(L2+L3)k+jv~)22hj((L1kr+,(L2+L3)kv+)+(L1kr,(L2+L3)kv))M22hj.\|(L_{1}^{k+j}{\tilde{r}},(L_{2}+L_{3})^{k+j}{\tilde{v}})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}}\lesssim 2^{2hj}(\|(L_{1}^{k}r_{+},(L_{2}+L_{3})^{k}v_{+})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}}+\|(L_{1}^{k}r_{-},(L_{2}+L_{3})^{k}v_{-})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}})\lesssim_{M}2^{2hj}.

Then (6.25) follows from elliptic bounds for L1L_{1}, respectively L2+L3L_{2}+L_{3}, which for convenience we collect in the next Lemma:

Lemma 6.5.

Assume that rr satisfies

(r,0)2kM,\|(r,0)\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2k}}\leq M,

and

(r,0)2k+2jM22hj,0<jN.\|(r,0)\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2k+2j}}\leq M2^{2hj},\qquad 0<j\leq N.

Then we have the estimates

(6.27) (s,w)2kMl=0k(L1ls,(L2+L3)lw),\|(s,w)\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2k}}\lesssim_{M}\sum_{l=0}^{k}\|(L_{1}^{l}s,(L_{2}+L_{3})^{l}w)\|_{{\mathcal{H}}},

respectively

(6.28) (s,w)2k+2jMϵ2jl=0k+j(L1ls,(L2+L3)lw)0<jN.\|(s,w)\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2k+2j}}\lesssim_{M}\epsilon^{-2j}\sum_{l=0}^{k+j}\|(L_{1}^{l}s,(L_{2}+L_{3})^{l}w)\|_{{\mathcal{H}}}\qquad 0<j\leq N.
Proof.

The estimates in (6.27), respectively (6.28) will follow from the bounds

(6.29) (s,w)2mM(L1s,(L2+L3)w)2m21mk1,\|(s,w)\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2m}}\lesssim_{M}\|(L_{1}s,(L_{2}+L_{3})w)\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2m-2}}\qquad 1\leq m\leq k-1,

respectively

(6.30) (s,w)2k+2jM(L1s,(L2+L3)w)2k+2j2+l=0j122h(jl)(s,w)2m+2lj1.\|(s,w)\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2k+2j}}\lesssim_{M}\|(L_{1}s,(L_{2}+L_{3})w)\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2k+2j-2}}+\sum_{l=0}^{j-1}2^{-2h(j-l)}\|(s,w)\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2m+2l}}\qquad j\geq 1.

The bounds for ss and the bounds for ww are independent of each other. As the arguments are similar, we will prove the bounds for ss and leave the bounds for ww for the reader. We begin with (6.29), where we have to estimate

sH2m,m+σ,σ=κ12κ.\|s\|_{H^{2m,m+\sigma}},\qquad\sigma=\frac{\kappa-1}{2\kappa}.

To achieve this we will inductively bound the norms

sHm+a,a+σ,a=0,m¯.\|s\|_{H^{m+a,a+\sigma}},\qquad a=\overline{0,m}.

For the induction step, we need to bound

LsH2,σ,\|Ls\|_{H^{2,\sigma}},

where L=ra1m2+aL=r^{a-1}\partial^{m-2+a} is an operator of order m1m-1. By Lemma 5.2 we have

LsH2,σ+1L1LsH0,σL1sH2m2,σ+m+[L,L1]sH0,σ.\|Ls\|_{H^{2,\sigma+1}}\lesssim\|L_{1}Ls\|_{H^{0,\sigma}}\lesssim\|L_{1}s\|_{H^{2m-2,\sigma+m}}+\|[L,L_{1}]s\|_{H^{0,\sigma}}.

The commutator [L,L1][L,L_{1}] has order mm, but at most 2m12m-1 derivatives. Hence by Hölder’s inequality and interpolation we can estimate

(6.31) [L,L1]sH0,σsHm+a1,a+σ1.\|[L,L_{1}]s\|_{H^{0,\sigma}}\lesssim\|s\|_{H^{m+a-1,a+\sigma-1}}.

Thus we obtain

sHm+a,a+σL1sHm2,m1+σ+sHm+a1,a+σ1,\|s\|_{H^{m+a,a+\sigma}}\lesssim\|L_{1}s\|_{H^{m-2,m-1+\sigma}}+\|s\|_{H^{m+a-1,a+\sigma-1}},

which concludes the induction step.

It remains to consider the initial case a=0a=0, where we simply take L=m1L=\partial^{m-1}. Here we argue as in the proof of Theorem 6, more precisely the bound (5.27); in an adapted frame we split the derivatives into normal and tangential, L=nbτcL=\partial_{n}^{b}\partial_{\tau}^{c}, and conjugate

LL1=L1bL+R,LL_{1}=L_{1}^{b}L+R,

where the remainder RR has O(A)O(A) contributions only,

(6.32) RsH0,σMAsHm,σ.\|Rs\|_{H^{0,\sigma}}\lesssim_{M}A\|s\|_{H^{m,\sigma}}.

Applying Lemma 5.2 for L1bL_{1}^{b} we obtain

sHm,σL1sHm2,m1+σ+AsHm,σ,\|s\|_{H^{m,\sigma}}\lesssim\|L_{1}s\|_{H^{m-2,m-1+\sigma}}+A\|s\|_{H^{m,\sigma}},

where the error term on the right can be absorbed on the left.

Turning now our attention to the ss component of (6.30), the argument is entirely similar, with a slight modification in the commutator bounds (6.31) and (6.32). These are in turn replaced by

(6.33) [L,L1]sH0,σsHj+k+a1,a+σ1+l=0j122h(lj)sH2k+2l,k+l+σ,L=ra1k+j2+a,\|[L,L_{1}]s\|_{H^{0,\sigma}}\lesssim\|s\|_{H^{j+k+a-1,a+\sigma-1}}+\sum_{l=0}^{j-1}2^{-2h(l-j)}\|s\|_{H^{2k+2l,k+l+\sigma}},\qquad L=r^{a-1}\partial^{k+j-2+a},

respectively

(6.34) RsH0,σMAsH2k+2l,σ+l=0j122h(lj)sH2k+2l,k+l+σ,L=k+j1.\|Rs\|_{H^{0,\sigma}}\lesssim_{M}A\|s\|_{H^{2k+2l,\sigma}}+\sum_{l=0}^{j-1}2^{-2h(l-j)}\|s\|_{H^{2k+2l,k+l+\sigma}},\qquad L=\partial^{k+j-1}.

The O(A)O(A) terms in the last bound arise exactly as before when exactly one LL derivative applies to the rr factor in L1L_{1}. All other contributions have fewer derivatives on ss, and are estimated by Hölder’s inequality and Sobolev embeddings. The negative 2k2^{-k} powers only arise when more than 2k2k derivatives apply to the rr factors in L1L_{1}, which means that fewer derivatives apply to ss. The details are somewhat tedious but routine, and are omitted. ∎


We now return to the proof of Lemma 6.4, and turn our attention to the bound (6.26). We have

(r+r~,v+v~)=((Iχϵ(L1(r)))(r+r),(Iχϵ(L2+L3)(r)))(v+v)).(r_{+}-{\tilde{r}},v_{+}-{\tilde{v}})=((I-\chi_{\epsilon}(L_{1}(r_{-})))(r_{+}-r_{-}),(I-\chi_{\epsilon}(L_{2}+L_{3})(r_{-})))(v_{+}-v_{-})).

Hence, given the properties of χϵ\chi_{\epsilon}, and the above Lemma, we have the {\mathcal{H}} bound

(r+r~,v+v~)2k2r22h(L1(r)k(r+r),(L2+L3)(r)k(v+v)rM22h.\|(r_{+}-{\tilde{r}},v_{+}-{\tilde{v}})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2k-2}_{r_{-}}}\lesssim 2^{-2h}\|(L_{1}(r_{-})^{k}(r_{+}-r_{-}),(L_{2}+L_{3})(r_{-})^{k}(v_{+}-v_{-})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}_{r_{-}}}\lesssim_{M}2^{-2h}.

3. Comparing the energies for (r0,v0)(r_{0},v_{0}) and (r~,v~)({\tilde{r}},{\tilde{v}}). Here the first energy is taken in the domain Ω0\Omega_{0}, while the second is taken in Ω\Omega^{-}. Our objective is to prove the following result:

Lemma 6.6.

Assume that kk is large enough, and that h+h^{+} and hh^{-} are suitably chosen relative to hh. Then we have

(6.35) E2k(r~,v~)(1+Cϵ)E2k(r0,v0).E^{2k}({\tilde{r}},{\tilde{v}})\leq(1+C\epsilon)E^{2k}(r_{0},v_{0}).

The proof below consists of several steps, each of which will require various constraints on h+h^{+} and hh^{-}. These are then collected at the end of the proof in (6.53). For orientation, one could simply think of the case h=h/2h^{-}=h/2 and h+=Chh^{+}=Ch with Ckk0C\approx k-k_{0}.

Proof.

These energies have two components, the wave energy and the transport energy. We will focus on the wave component in the sequel, as the argument for the transport part is similar but considerably simpler. For the wave component we need to compare the good variables (s02k,w02k)(s^{0}_{2k},w^{0}_{2k}), respectively (s~2k,w~2k)({\tilde{s}}_{2k},{\tilde{w}}_{2k}), associated to (r0,v0)(r_{0},v_{0}), respectively (r~,v~)({\tilde{r}},{\tilde{v}}), and their {\mathcal{H}} norms,

(6.36) (s02k,v02k)r2vs.(s~2k,v~2k)r2.\|(s^{0}_{2k},v^{0}_{2k})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}_{r}}^{2}\qquad\text{vs.}\qquad\|({\tilde{s}}_{2k},{\tilde{v}}_{2k})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}_{r_{-}}}^{2}.

We note that in the second expression we are using the r{\mathcal{H}}_{r_{-}} norm, as rr_{-} is the defining function for the domain Ω\Omega^{-} where (s~2k,v~2k)({\tilde{s}}_{2k},{\tilde{v}}_{2k}) are defined. As we seek to compare functions on different domains, it is natural to restrict them to a common domain. To understand this choice, we recall that the two free boundaries Γ0\Gamma^{0} and Γ\Gamma^{-} are at distance 22h(kk0+1)\ll 2^{-2h^{-}(k-k_{0}+1)} of each other, and the two weights are at a similar distance within the common domain,

|rr|22h(kk0+1).|r-r_{-}|\ll 2^{-2h^{-}(k-k_{0}+1)}.

In order for the difference of the two weights to only yield O(ϵ)O(\epsilon) errors, we will restrict our comparison to the region Ω0[<h(kk0)+1]h\Omega_{0}^{[<h^{-}(k-k_{0})+1]-h}, where we have

|rr|ϵr in Ω0[<h(kk0+1)h].|r-r_{-}|\ll\epsilon r\qquad\text{ in }\Omega_{0}^{[<h^{-}(k-k_{0}+1)-h]}.

Outside this region we will simply neglect the contribution to the first norm in (6.36). On the other hand we will seek to make the second norm small in this region. For this to work, we first need to make sure that the neglected region is within the (r~,v~)({\tilde{r}},{\tilde{v}}) boundary layer, which has width 22h2^{-2h}. Thus we require that

2h<h(kk0+1).2h<h^{-}(k-k_{0}+1).

But in addition to that, we also want the second norm to be ϵ\epsilon small in this region. Within a fixed layer Ω,[h1]\Omega^{-,[h_{1}]} with h1<hh_{1}<h this norm is

(6.37) (s~2k,v~2k)r(Ω,[h1])2M22κ(hh1),\|({\tilde{s}}_{2k},{\tilde{v}}_{2k})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}_{r_{-}}(\Omega^{-,[h_{1}]})}^{2}\lesssim_{M}2^{\frac{2}{\kappa}(h-h_{1})},

which is a consequence of the fact that we are integrating a function which is smooth on the 22h2^{-2h} scale, over a thinner region. This is ϵ2=24h\epsilon^{2}=2^{-4h} small if

(6.38) h1>h(1+2κ).h_{1}>h(1+2\kappa).

Hence we obtain

(6.39) (s~2k,v~2k)r(Ω0[>h(kk0+1)h])ϵ2,\|({\tilde{s}}_{2k},{\tilde{v}}_{2k})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}_{r_{-}}(\Omega_{0}^{[>h^{-}(k-k_{0}+1)-h}])}\lesssim\epsilon^{2},

provided that

(6.40) h(kk0+1)>2h(1+κ).h^{-}(k-k_{0}+1)>2h(1+\kappa).

Within Ω0[<h(kk0+1)h]\Omega_{0}^{[<h^{-}(k-k_{0}+1)-h]} we use Lemma 6.3, more precisely its consequence (6.18), in order to compare (s02k,w02k)(s^{0}_{2k},w^{0}_{2k}) respectively (s~2k,w~2k)({\tilde{s}}_{2k},{\tilde{w}}_{2k}). There we seek to estimate the errors perturbatively. We begin with (F2k,G2k)(F_{2k},G_{2k}):

Lemma 6.7.

Assume that (r0,v0)𝐇2k(r_{0},v_{0})\in{\mathbf{H}}^{2k}, with size MM and that (r~,v~)({\tilde{r}},{\tilde{v}}) are defined as above. Then we have the error bounds

(6.41) (F2k,G2k)r(Ω0[<h(kk0+1)h])Mϵ2.\|(F_{2k},G_{2k})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}_{r}(\Omega_{0}^{[<h^{-}(k-k_{0}+1)-h]})}\lesssim_{M}\epsilon^{2}.

The proof of this lemma is similar to the proof of Lemma 5.7, using interpolation inequalities, and is omitted. Here the region where we evaluate the norm is less important, and serves only to insure that r0r_{0} and rr_{-} are both defined and comparable there. The gain comes from the fact that the difference (rr~,vv~)(r-{\tilde{r}},v-{\tilde{v}}) is small at low frequency, which comes from (6.26) combined with the bounds for the differences (r0r+,v0v+)(r_{0}-r_{+},v_{0}-v_{+}) in Proposition 2.11. The power ϵ2\epsilon^{2} requires k>k0+2k>k_{0}+2, but one can gain more if kk is assumed to be larger.

Next we consider the expressions (F~2k,G~2k)({\tilde{F}}_{2k},{\tilde{G}}_{2k}):

Lemma 6.8.

Assume that (r0,v0)𝐇2k(r_{0},v_{0})\in{\mathbf{H}}^{2k}, with size MM and that (r~,v~)({\tilde{r}},{\tilde{v}}) are defined as above. Then we have the error bounds

(6.42) (F~2k,G~2k)r(Ω0[<h(kk0+1)h])(r+r~,v+v~)2k1+ϵ2C(M).\|({\tilde{F}}_{2k},{\tilde{G}}_{2k})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}_{r}(\Omega_{0}^{[<h^{-}(k-k_{0}+1)-h]})}\lesssim\|(r_{+}-{\tilde{r}},v_{+}-{\tilde{v}})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2k-1}}+\epsilon^{2}C(M).
Proof.

We recall that the expressions (F~2k,G~2k)({\tilde{F}}_{2k},{\tilde{G}}_{2k}) are balanced multilinear expressions in (r~,v~)({\tilde{r}},{\tilde{v}}), respectively (r0r~,v0v~)(r_{0}-{\tilde{r}},v_{0}-{\tilde{v}}), linear in the second component, containing exactly 2k2k derivatives, and of order k1k-1, respectively k12k-\frac{1}{2}. The fact that they are balanced allows us to estimate them using Hölder’s inequality and interpolation as in Lemma 5.7, by

(F~2k,G~2k)A0,A~(B0+A0B~)(r~,v~)2k1+B~((r0r~,v0v~)2k1)\|({\tilde{F}}_{2k},{\tilde{G}}_{2k})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}}\lesssim_{A_{0},{\tilde{A}}}(B_{0}+A_{0}{\tilde{B}})\|({\tilde{r}},{\tilde{v}})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2k-1}}+{\tilde{B}}\|((r_{0}-{\tilde{r}},v_{0}-{\tilde{v}})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2k-1}})

where A0,B0A_{0},B_{0} respectively A~{\tilde{A}}, B~{\tilde{B}} are control parameters associated to (r~,v~)({\tilde{r}},{\tilde{v}}), respectively (r0r~,v0v~)(r_{0}-{\tilde{r}},v_{0}-{\tilde{v}}).

Here the first component (r~,v~)({\tilde{r}},{\tilde{v}}) is localized at frequencies below 2h2^{h}, while the second is localized at frequencies above 2h2^{h}. In particular, it follows that A0,B0A_{0},B_{0} are small,

A0+B0ϵ2,A_{0}+B_{0}\lesssim\epsilon^{2},

so their contributions go into the second term on the right in (6.42).

On the other hand, A~{\tilde{A}} and B~{\tilde{B}} are merely bounded M1\lesssim_{M}1. We split

(r0r~,v0v~)=(r0r+,v0v+)+(r+r~,v+v~).(r_{0}-{\tilde{r}},v_{0}-{\tilde{v}})=(r_{0}-r_{+},v_{0}-v_{+})+(r_{+}-{\tilde{r}},v_{+}-{\tilde{v}}).

The first term is localized at frequencies 2h+\geq 2^{h^{+}} so using the bounds in Proposition 2.10 we have

(r0r+,v0v+)2k1M2h+\|(r_{0}-r_{+},v_{0}-v_{+})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2k-1}}\lesssim_{M}2^{-h^{+}}

which can be made smaller than ϵ2\epsilon^{2} if h+>4hh^{+}>4h. The proof of the Lemma is concluded. ∎

Using the above two lemmas together with (6.39), we obtain our first relation between the two energies,

(6.43) (s~2k,v~2k)r2(s02k,v02k)r2+M(r+r~,v+v~)2k1+C(M)ϵ2(L1(r~)k(r0r~1),L2(r~)k(v0v~)),(s~2k,w~2k)r(Ω0[<2h(kk0)]).\begin{split}\|({\tilde{s}}_{2k},{\tilde{v}}_{2k})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}_{r_{-}}}^{2}&\ \leq\|(s^{0}_{2k},v^{0}_{2k})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}_{r}}^{2}+M\|(r_{+}-{\tilde{r}},v_{+}-{\tilde{v}})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2k-1}}+C(M)\epsilon\\ &\ -2\langle(L_{1}({\tilde{r}})^{k}(r_{0}-{\tilde{r}}_{1}),L_{2}({\tilde{r}})^{k}(v_{0}-{\tilde{v}})),({\tilde{s}}_{2k},{\tilde{w}}_{2k})\rangle_{{\mathcal{H}}_{r_{-}}(\Omega_{0}^{[<2h^{-}(k-k_{0})]})}.\end{split}

This is not yet satisfactory, but we can improve it further. We first observe that in the above inner product we can harmlessly replace the operators L1(r~)L_{1}({\tilde{r}}) and L2(r~)L_{2}({\tilde{r}}) by L1(r)L_{1}(r_{-}) and L2(r)L_{2}(r_{-}) respectively. Precisely, we have the difference bound

(L1(r~)kL1(r)k)(r0r~),(L2(r~)kL2(r)k)(v0v~))r(Ω0[<2h(kk0)])Mϵ.\|(L_{1}({\tilde{r}})^{k}-L_{1}(r_{-})^{k})(r_{0}-{\tilde{r}}),(L_{2}({\tilde{r}})^{k}-L_{2}(r_{-})^{k})(v_{0}-{\tilde{v}}))\|_{{\mathcal{H}}_{r_{-}}(\Omega_{0}^{[<2h^{-}(k-k_{0})]})}\lesssim_{M}\epsilon.

This is a consequence of interpolation inequalities and Hölder’s inequality due the fact that both differences r~r{\tilde{r}}-r_{-} and ((r0r~),(v0v~))((r_{0}-{\tilde{r}}),(v_{0}-{\tilde{v}})) are concentrated at high frequencies and have small O(ϵC)O(\epsilon^{C}) pointwise size. The details are left for the reader. We arrive at

(6.44) (s~2k,v~2k)r2(s02k,v02k)r2+M(r+r~,v+v~)2k1+C(M)ϵ2(L1(r)k(r0r~),L2(r)k(v0v~)),(s~2k,w~2k)r(Ω0[<2h(kk0)]).\begin{split}\|({\tilde{s}}_{2k},{\tilde{v}}_{2k})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}_{r_{-}}}^{2}&\ \leq\|(s^{0}_{2k},v^{0}_{2k})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}_{r}}^{2}+M\|(r_{+}-{\tilde{r}},v_{+}-{\tilde{v}})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2k-1}}+C(M)\epsilon\\ &\ -2\langle(L_{1}(r_{-})^{k}(r_{0}-{\tilde{r}}),L_{2}(r_{-})^{k}(v_{0}-{\tilde{v}})),({\tilde{s}}_{2k},{\tilde{w}}_{2k})\rangle_{{\mathcal{H}}_{r_{-}}(\Omega_{0}^{[<2h^{-}(k-k_{0})]})}.\end{split}

A second simplification is that we can replace (r0,v0)(r_{0},v_{0}) by (r+,v+)(r_{+},v_{+}) in the inner product. For this we need to show that

(L1(r)k(r+r0),L2(r)k(v+v0)),(s~2k,w~2k)r(Ω0[<2h(kk0)])Mϵ.\langle(L_{1}(r_{-})^{k}(r_{+}-r_{0}),L_{2}(r_{-})^{k}(v_{+}-v_{0})),({\tilde{s}}_{2k},{\tilde{w}}_{2k})\rangle_{{\mathcal{H}}_{r_{-}}(\Omega_{0}^{[<2h^{-}(k-k_{0})]})}\lesssim_{M}\epsilon.

We first insert a cutoff χ[2h(kk0)]\chi^{[2h^{-}(k-k_{0})]} function in the differences on the left, associated to the same boundary layer, which equals 11 further inside and 0 closer to the boundary. This is allowed because the second factor in the inner product is already ϵ\epsilon small in the cutoff region, while the first one is still bounded in r{\mathcal{H}}_{r^{-}} in the same region, provided that the cutoff is lower frequency than the r+r0r_{+}-r_{0} frequency,

(6.45) h(kk0)<h+.h^{-}(k-k_{0})<h^{+}.

One should compare this to (6.20); together these bounds give the allowed range for h+h^{+}. With this substitution, we are left with proving that

(L1(r)k[χ[2h(kk0)](r+r0)],L2(r)k[χ[2h(kk0)](v+v0)]),(s~2k,w~2k)r(Ω)Mϵ.\langle(L_{1}(r_{-})^{k}[\chi^{[2h^{-}(k-k_{0})]}(r_{+}-r_{0})],L_{2}(r_{-})^{k}[\chi^{[2h^{-}(k-k_{0})]}(v_{+}-v_{0})]),({\tilde{s}}_{2k},{\tilde{w}}_{2k})\rangle_{{\mathcal{H}}_{r_{-}}(\Omega^{-})}\lesssim_{M}\epsilon.

Since L1L_{1} and L2L_{2} are self-adjoint, we can move one of them to the right. This becomes

(L1(r)k1[χ[2h(kk0)](r+r0)],L2(r)k1[χ[2h(kk0)](v+v0)]),(L1(r)s~12k,L2(r)w~12k)r(Ω)Mϵ.\langle(L_{1}(r_{-})^{k-1}[\chi^{[2h^{-}(k-k_{0})]}(r_{+}-r_{0})],L_{2}(r_{-})^{k-1}[\chi^{[2h^{-}(k-k_{0})]}(v_{+}-v_{0})]),(L_{1}(r_{-}){\tilde{s}}^{1}_{2k},L_{2}(r_{-}){\tilde{w}}^{1}_{2k})\rangle_{{\mathcal{H}}_{r_{-}}(\Omega^{-})}\lesssim_{M}\epsilon.

Now the left factor has size 22h+2^{-2h^{+}} and the right factor has size 22h2^{2h}. This yields an ϵ2\epsilon^{2} gain provided that

(6.46) h+>4h.h^{+}>4h.

Thus, we can replace (r0,v0)(r_{0},v_{0}) by (r+,v+)(r_{+},v_{+}) in (6.44), to obtain

(6.47) (s~2k,v~2k)r2(s02k,v02k)r2+C(M)(r+r~,v+v~)2k1r+C(M)ϵ2(L1(r)k(r+r~),L2(r)k(v+v~)),(s~2k,w~2k)r(Ω0[<2h(kk0)]).\begin{split}\|({\tilde{s}}_{2k},{\tilde{v}}_{2k})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}_{r_{-}}}^{2}&\ \leq\|(s^{0}_{2k},v^{0}_{2k})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}_{r}}^{2}+C(M)\|(r_{+}-{\tilde{r}},v_{+}-{\tilde{v}})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2k-1}_{r_{-}}}+C(M)\epsilon\\ &\ -2\langle(L_{1}(r_{-})^{k}(r_{+}-{\tilde{r}}),L_{2}(r_{-})^{k}(v_{+}-{\tilde{v}})),({\tilde{s}}_{2k},{\tilde{w}}_{2k})\rangle_{{\mathcal{H}}_{r_{-}}(\Omega_{0}^{[<2h^{-}(k-k_{0})]})}.\end{split}

Once this is done, the expression on the left in the inner product is defined on the entire domain Ω\Omega^{-}, and we can harmlessly extend the inner product to the full region as the expression on the right in the inner product is already ϵ\epsilon small there. We get

(6.48) (s~2k,w~2k)r2(s02k,v02k)r2+C(M)(r+r~,v+v~)2k1+C(M)ϵ2(L1(r)k(r+r~),L2(r)k(v+v~)),(s~2k,w~2k)r(Ω).\begin{split}\|({\tilde{s}}_{2k},{\tilde{w}}_{2k})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}_{r_{-}}}^{2}&\ \leq\|(s^{0}_{2k},v^{0}_{2k})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}_{r}}^{2}+C(M)\|(r_{+}-{\tilde{r}},v_{+}-{\tilde{v}})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2k-1}}+C(M)\epsilon\\ &\ -2\langle(L_{1}(r_{-})^{k}(r_{+}-{\tilde{r}}),L_{2}(r_{-})^{k}(v_{+}-{\tilde{v}})),({\tilde{s}}_{2k},{\tilde{w}}_{2k})\rangle_{{\mathcal{H}}_{r_{-}}(\Omega^{-})}.\end{split}

The next step is to apply the expansion (6.18) for the expression on the right in the inner product to write

(6.49) {s~2k=s2k+(L1(r))k(r~r)+F2k+F~2kw~2k=w2k+(L2(r))k(v~v)+G2k+G~2k.\left\{\begin{aligned} {\tilde{s}}_{2k}=&\ s^{-}_{2k}+(L_{1}(r_{-}))^{k}({\tilde{r}}-r_{-})+F_{2k}^{-}+\tilde{F}_{2k}^{-}\\ {\tilde{w}}_{2k}=&\ w^{-}_{2k}+(L_{2}(r_{-}))^{k}({\tilde{v}}-v_{-})+G_{2k}^{-}+\tilde{G}_{2k}^{-}.\end{aligned}\right.

By the counterpart of Lemma 6.7 the error terms (F2k,G2k)(F_{2k}^{-},G_{2k}^{-}) will be ϵ\epsilon small, so their contribution to (6.48) can be included in the expression C(M)ϵC(M)\epsilon.

For the contribution of (F~2k,G~2k)({\tilde{F}}_{2k}^{-},{\tilde{G}}_{2k}^{-}) we integrate by parts one instance of L1L_{1}, respectively L2L_{2}, to bound it by

(L1(r)k1(r+r~),L2(r)k1(v+v~))r(L1(r)F~2k,L2(r)G~2k)rM\displaystyle\|(L_{1}(r_{-})^{k-1}(r_{+}-{\tilde{r}}),L_{2}(r_{-})^{k-1}(v_{+}-{\tilde{v}}))\|_{{\mathcal{H}}_{r_{-}}}\|(L_{1}(r_{-}){\tilde{F}}_{2k}^{-},L_{2}(r_{-}){\tilde{G}}_{2k}^{-})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}_{r_{-}}}\lesssim_{M}
(r+r~,v+v~)2k2r(r~r,v~v)2k+1rM22h(r~r,v~v)2k+1r\displaystyle\|(r_{+}-{\tilde{r}},v_{+}-{\tilde{v}})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2k-2}_{r_{-}}}\|({\tilde{r}}-r_{-},{\tilde{v}}-v_{-})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2k+1}_{r_{-}}}\lesssim_{M}2^{-2h}\|({\tilde{r}}-r_{-},{\tilde{v}}-v_{-})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2k+1}_{r_{-}}}

Finally, for the contribution of (s2k,w2k)(s^{-}_{2k},w^{-}_{2k}) we can integrate again by parts to obtain

(r+r~,v+v~),(L1(r)ks2k,L2(r)kw2k)r(Ω)Mϵ,\langle(r_{+}-{\tilde{r}},v_{+}-{\tilde{v}}),(L_{1}(r_{-})^{k}s^{-}_{2k},L_{2}(r_{-})^{k}w^{-}_{2k})\rangle_{{\mathcal{H}}_{r_{-}}(\Omega^{-})}\lesssim_{M}\epsilon,

provided that

(6.50) (k1)h>kh.(k-1)h>kh^{-}.

Thus (6.48) becomes

(s~2k,v~2k)r2(s02k,v02k)r2+C(M)ϵ++C(M)((r+r~,v+v~)2k1r+22h(r~r,v~v)2k+1r)2(L1(r)k(r+r~1),L2(r)k(v+v~)),(L1(r))k(r~r),(L2(r))k(v~v)r.\begin{split}\|({\tilde{s}}_{2k},{\tilde{v}}_{2k})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}_{r_{-}}}^{2}&\ \leq\|(s^{0}_{2k},v^{0}_{2k})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}_{r}}^{2}+C(M)\epsilon+\\ &+C(M)(\|(r_{+}-{\tilde{r}},v_{+}-{\tilde{v}})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2k-1}_{r_{-}}}+2^{-2h}\|({\tilde{r}}-r_{-},{\tilde{v}}-v_{-})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2k+1}_{r_{-}}})\\ &-2\langle(L_{1}(r_{-})^{k}(r_{+}-{\tilde{r}}_{1}),L_{2}(r_{-})^{k}(v_{+}-{\tilde{v}})),(L_{1}(r_{-}))^{k}({\tilde{r}}-r_{-}),(L_{2}(r_{-}))^{k}({\tilde{v}}-v_{-})\rangle_{{\mathcal{H}}_{r_{-}}}.\end{split}

Now our choice of (r~,w~)({\tilde{r}},{\tilde{w}}) guarantees that the inner product is positive. Combining the above bound with its counterpart for the transport energy (this is where our choice (6.1) simplifies matters), we further obtain

(6.51) E2k(r~,v~)E2k(r0,v0)+C(M)ϵ+C(M)((r+r~,v+v~)2k1r+22h(r~r,v~v)2k+1r)2I,\begin{split}E^{2k}({\tilde{r}},{\tilde{v}})\leq&\ E^{2k}(r^{0},v^{0})+C(M)\epsilon\\ &+C(M)(\|(r_{+}-{\tilde{r}},v_{+}-{\tilde{v}})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2k-1}_{r_{-}}}+2^{-2h}\|({\tilde{r}}-r_{-},{\tilde{v}}-v_{-})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2k+1}_{r_{-}}})-2I,\end{split}

where

I=(L1(r)k(r+r~1),(L2+L3)(r)k(v+v~)),(L1(r))k(r~r),(L2+L3)(r)k(v~v)r.I=\langle(L_{1}(r_{-})^{k}(r_{+}-{\tilde{r}}_{1}),(L_{2}+L_{3})(r_{-})^{k}(v_{+}-{\tilde{v}})),(L_{1}(r_{-}))^{k}({\tilde{r}}-r_{-}),(L_{2}+L_{3})(r_{-})^{k}({\tilde{v}}-v_{-})\rangle_{{\mathcal{H}}_{r_{-}}}.

is still positive. Finally, we use the positivity of II to estimate the two remaining terms on the right. Precisely, using the properties (6.23) of the multiplier χ\chi in the definition of (r~,v~)({\tilde{r}},{\tilde{v}}) as well as the ellipticity of L1L_{1}, respectively L2+L3L_{2}+L_{3} in the two components of {\mathcal{H}}, we have

I22h(r+r~,v+v~)2k1r2+22h(rr~,vv~)2k+1r2I\gtrsim 2^{2h}\|(r_{+}-{\tilde{r}},v_{+}-{\tilde{v}})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2k-1}_{r_{-}}}^{2}+2^{-2h}\|(r_{-}-{\tilde{r}},v_{-}-{\tilde{v}})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2k+1}_{r_{-}}}^{2}

Hence, applying the Cauchy-Schwarz inequality in (6.51) we finally obtain

(6.52) E2k(r~,v~)E2k(r0,v0)+C(M)ϵ,E^{2k}({\tilde{r}},{\tilde{v}})\leq E^{2k}(r^{0},v^{0})+C(M)\epsilon,

as desired.

This concludes the proof of (6.35), provided that the scales h+h^{+} and hh^{-} were chosen so that the constraints (6.20),(6.40),(6.45),(6.46) are all satisfied. We recall them all here:

(6.53) h<k1kh\displaystyle h^{-}<\frac{k-1}{k}h ,h+>4h,\displaystyle,\qquad h^{+}>4h,
h(kk0)\displaystyle h^{-}(k-k_{0}) >h(1+1κ),\displaystyle\,>\,h(1+\frac{1}{\kappa}),
h(kk0)<\displaystyle h^{-}(k-k_{0})< h+<h(kk0+1).\displaystyle\ h^{+}\,<h^{-}(k-k_{0}+1).

Then the parameters h+h^{+} and hh^{-} can be chosen e.g. as follows:

  1. (a)

    set h=h/2h^{-}=h/2,

  2. (b)

    take kk large enough so that the second constraint holds,

  3. (c)

    choose h+h^{+} in the range given by the third constraint.


4. Comparing the energies of (r~,v~)({\tilde{r}},{\tilde{v}}) and (r,v)(r,v). To recall our setting here, the functions (r~,v~)({\tilde{r}},{\tilde{v}}) are defined in the domain Ω\Omega^{-} and are localized at frequency 2h\leq 2^{h} scale, but cannot be though of as a state because r~{\tilde{r}} does not vanish on the boundary Γ\Gamma^{-}. Instead we have

|r~|22(kk0)hon Γ.|{\tilde{r}}|\lesssim 2^{-2(k-k_{0})h^{-}}\qquad\text{on }\Gamma^{-}.

To rectify this, we decrease r~{\tilde{r}} by a small constant and set

(6.54) (r,v)=(r~c,v~),c=22(kk0)h,(r,v)=({\tilde{r}}-c,{\tilde{v}}),\qquad c=2^{-2(k-k_{0})h^{-}},

so that the level set Γ={r=0}\Gamma=\{r=0\} is fully contained within Ω\Omega^{-}. Then we aim to prove that the energies do not change much:

Lemma 6.9.

We have the energy bound

(6.55) E2k(r,v)E2k(r~,v~)+OM(ϵ).E^{2k}(r,v)\lesssim E^{2k}({\tilde{r}},{\tilde{v}})+O_{M}(\epsilon).
Proof.

We separate a boundary layer Ω[>h1]\Omega^{[>h_{1}]}, with h1>hh_{1}>h to be chosen later, where we verify directly that the norm on the left is O(ϵ)O(\epsilon). Outside this layer, we compare directly the associated good variables.

For the first step we use (6.37), which suffices if we impose the constraint (6.38), which we recall here

h1>h(1+1κ).h_{1}>h(1+\frac{1}{\kappa}).

For the second step, we simply note that the good variables are identical except for the rr factors, where we replace r1r_{1} by r1cr_{1}-c. Hence it suffices to ensure that

cϵr1in Ω[<h1],c\lesssim\epsilon r_{1}\qquad\text{in }\Omega^{[<h_{1}]},

which yields

(kk0)h>h+h1.(k-k_{0})h^{-}>h+h_{1}.

These two constraints for h1h_{1} are again compatible if kk is large enough. The proof of the Lemma is concluded.

Combining now the outcomes of Lemma 6.6 and Lemma 6.9, it follows that our final regularization (r,v)(r,v) satisfies the bound (6.8). It also satisfies (6.7) and (6.9) due to Lemma 6.4; there one can harmlessly substitute the weight rr_{-} by rr since (r,v)(r,v) are smooth on the ϵ2\epsilon^{2} scale, which is larger than cc. Thus the proof of Proposition 6.1 is concluded.

6.3. Construction of regular exact solutions

Here we use the approximate solutions above. Given an initial data (r0,v0)(r_{0},v_{0}) so that

(r0,v0)𝐇2kM\|(r_{0},v_{0})\|_{{\mathbf{H}}^{2k}}\leq M

applying the successive iterations above we obtain approximate solutions (rϵ,vϵ)(r^{\epsilon},v^{\epsilon}) defined at ϵ\epsilon steps, so that

E2k(rϵ,vϵ)((j+1)ϵ)(1+C(M)ϵ)E2k(rϵ,vϵ)(jϵ).E^{2k}(r^{\epsilon},v^{\epsilon})((j+1)\epsilon)\lesssim(1+C(M)\epsilon)E^{2k}(r^{\epsilon},v^{\epsilon})(j\epsilon).

By discrete Gronwall’s inequality, it follows that these approximate solutions are defined uniformly up to a time T=T(M)T=T(M), with uniform bounds

(6.56) (rϵ,vϵ)𝐇2kM1,t[0,T].\|(r^{\epsilon},v^{\epsilon})\|_{{\mathbf{H}}^{2k}}\lesssim_{M}1,\qquad t\in[0,T].

On the other hand, in a weaker topology we have

(rϵ,vϵ)((j+1)ϵ)(rϵ,vϵ)(jϵ)=O(ϵ).(r^{\epsilon},v^{\epsilon})((j+1)\epsilon)-(r^{\epsilon},v^{\epsilon})(j\epsilon)=O(\epsilon).

Hence by Arzela-Ascoli we get uniform convergence on a subsequence to a function (r,v)(r,v) in a CjC^{j} norm, uniformly in tt. Passing to the limit in the relation (6.6), it follows that (r,v)(r,v) solves our equation. Finally, taking weak limits in the norms in (6.56) we also obtain an energy bound on (r,v)(r,v),

(6.57) (r,v)(t)𝐇2kM1,t[0,T].\|(r,v)(t)\|_{{\mathbf{H}}^{2k}}\lesssim_{M}1,\qquad t\in[0,T].

7. Rough solutions

Our goal in this section is to construct rough solutions as limits of smooth solutions, and conclude the proof of Theorem 2. In terms of a general outline, the argument here is relatively standard, and involves the following steps:

  1. (1)

    We regularize the initial data,

  2. (2)

    We prove uniform bounds for the regularized solutions,

  3. (3)

    We prove convergence of the regularized solutions in a weaker topology,

  4. (4)

    We prove the convergence in the strong topology by combining the weak difference bounds with the uniform bounds in a frequency envelope fashion.

The main difficulty we face is that our phase space is not linear, and at each stage we have to compare functions on different domains. For a description of the ideas here in a simpler, model setting we refer the reader to the expository paper [12].

7.1. Regularizing the initial data

Given a rough initial data (r0,v0)𝐇2k(r_{0},v_{0})\in{\mathbf{H}}^{2k}, our first task is to construct an appropriate family of regularized data, depending smoothly of the regularization parameter. Here it suffices to directly use the family of regularizations provided by Proposition 2.11.

7.2. Uniform bounds and the life-span of regular solutions

Once we have the regularized data sets (r0h,v0h)(r_{0}^{h},v_{0}^{h}), we consider the corresponding smooth solutions (rh,vh)(r^{h},v^{h}) generated by the smooth data (r0h,v0h)(r_{0}^{h},v_{0}^{h}). A-priori these solutions exist on a time interval that depends on hh. Instead, we would like to have a lifespan bound which is independent of hh. To obtain this, we use a bootstrap argument for our control parameter BB for (rh,vh)(r^{h},v^{h}), which depends on hh and tt.

For a large parameter B0B_{0}, to be chosen later, we will make the bootstrap assumption

(7.1) B(t,h)2B0,t[0,T],0hh0.B(t,h)\leq 2B_{0},\qquad t\in[0,T],\quad 0\leq h\leq h_{0}.

The solutions (rh,vh)(r^{h},v^{h}) can be continued for as long as this is satisfied. We will prove that we can improve this bootstrap assumption provided that TT is small enough, TT0T\leq T_{0}, but with T0T_{0} independent of hh0h\leq h_{0}. Here h0h_{0} is finite but arbitrarily large; its role is simply to ensure that we run the bootstrap argument on finitely many quantities at once.

Our choice of T0T_{0} will be quite straightforward,

(7.2) T01B0.T_{0}\leq\frac{1}{B_{0}}.

In view of our energy estimates in Theorem 3 and Gronwall’s inequality, this guarantees uniform energy bounds for the solutions (rh,vh)(r^{h},v^{h}) in all integer Sobolev spaces 2l{\mathcal{H}}^{2l} in [0,T][0,T].

We remark that the bound (2.32) does not directly propagate unless kk is an integer. Indeed, in that case one could immediately close the bootstrap at the level of the 2k{\mathcal{H}}^{2k} norm using the embeddings (2.11) and (2.12). The goal of the argument that follows is to establish the 2k{\mathcal{H}}^{2k} bound for noninteger kk, by working only with energy estimates for integer indices.

Combining Theorem 3 with (2.33) we obtain the higher energy bound in [0.T][0.T]

(7.3) (rh,vh)𝐇2k+2jh22hjch,j>0,j+k.\|(r^{h},v^{h})\|_{{\mathbf{H}}^{2k+2j}_{h}}\lesssim 2^{2hj}c_{h},\qquad j>0,\quad j+k\in{\mathbb{N}}.

Next we consider the bound (2.34), which we reinterpret in a discrete fashion as a difference bound

(7.4) D((r0h,v0h),(r0h+1,v0h+1))24hkc2h.D((r_{0}^{h},v_{0}^{h}),(r_{0}^{h+1},v_{0}^{h+1}))\lesssim 2^{-4hk}c^{2}_{h}.

This bound we can also propagate by Theorem 5, to obtain, also in [0,T][0,T], the estimate

(7.5) D((rh,vh),(rh+1,vh+1))24hkc2h.D((r^{h},v^{h}),(r^{h+1},v^{h+1}))\lesssim 2^{-4hk}c^{2}_{h}.

Our objective now is to combine the bounds (7.3) and (7.5) in order to obtain a uniform 2k{\mathcal{H}}^{2k} bound

(7.6) (rh,vh)𝐇2kM:=(r0,v0)𝐇2k.\|(r^{h},v^{h})\|_{{\mathbf{H}}^{2k}}\lesssim M:=\|(r_{0},v_{0})\|_{{\mathbf{H}}^{2k}}.

To prove this, we would naively like to consider a representation of the form

(rh,vh)=(r1,v1)+l=1h1(rl+1rl,vl+1vl),(r^{h},v^{h})=(r^{1},v^{1})+\sum_{l=1}^{h-1}(r^{l+1}-r^{l},v^{l+1}-v^{l}),

where we can estimate the successive terms in both {\mathcal{H}} and 2N{\mathcal{H}}^{2N}. The difficulty we face is that these functions have different domains. Hence the first step is to use the bounds (7.3) and (7.5) in order to compare these domains.

Lemma 7.1.

Assume that rhr^{h} and rh+1r^{h+1} are nondegenerate, and that (7.5) holds. Then we have

(7.7) d(Γh,Γh+1)2h(2+δ),δ>0.d(\Gamma_{h},\Gamma_{h+1})\lesssim 2^{-h(2+\delta)},\qquad\delta>0.
Proof.

We use the uniform nondegeneracy property for the functions rhr_{h} in order to compare these domains. If r=d(Γh,Γh+1)r=d(\Gamma_{h},\Gamma_{h+1}), then we can find a ball BcrB_{cr} in the common domain so that

rh,rh+1,|rhrh+1|r in Bcr.r^{h},r^{h+1},|r^{h}-r^{h+1}|\approx r\qquad\text{ in }B_{cr}.

Then we obtain

rd+1+1κD((rh,vh),(rh+1,vh+1))24hkc2hr^{d+1+\frac{1}{\kappa}}\lesssim D((r^{h},v^{h}),(r^{h+1},v^{h+1}))\lesssim 2^{-4hk}c^{2}_{h}

or equivalently

r2κ024hkc2h.r^{2\kappa_{0}}\lesssim 2^{-4hk}c^{2}_{h}.

Since k>k0k>k_{0}, we obtain

r2h(2+δ),δ>0.r\lesssim 2^{-h(2+\delta)},\qquad\delta>0.

Now we return to our expansion for (rh,vh)(r^{h},v^{h}). In order to compare functions which are defined on a common domain, we replace the functions (rl,vl)(r^{l},v^{l}) with their regularizations Ψl(rl,vl)\Psi^{l}(r^{l},v^{l}). Their domain includes an additional 22l2^{-2l} boundary layer, which by the previous Lemma 6.9 suffices in order to cover the domain Ωh\Omega_{h} for all h>lh>l. Then we write

(rh,vh)=Ψ0(r0,v0)+Ψl+1(rl+1,vl+1)Ψl(rl,vl)+(IΨh)(rh,vh),(r^{h},v^{h})=\Psi^{0}(r^{0},v^{0})+\sum\Psi^{l+1}(r^{l+1},v^{l+1})-\Psi^{l}(r^{l},v^{l})+(I-\Psi^{h})(r^{h},v^{h}),

and claim that this decomposition is as in Lemma 2.5.

The first term is trivial. For the last one we use the boundedness of Ψh\Psi^{h} in 2k{\mathcal{H}}^{2k} and the bound (2.39) integrated in hh to write

(IΨh)(rh,vh)2N(rh,vh)2N,\|(I-\Psi^{h})(r^{h},v^{h})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2N}}\lesssim\|(r^{h},v^{h})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2N}},

respectively

(IΨh)(rh,vh)22Nh(rh,vh)2N,\|(I-\Psi^{h})(r^{h},v^{h})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}}\lesssim 2^{-2Nh}\|(r^{h},v^{h})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2N}},

for a fixed large enough integer NN, which together suffice in order to place this term into (sh,wh)(s^{h},w^{h}), with norm chc_{h}.

For later use, we state the remaining bound for intermediate ll as a separate result:

Lemma 7.2.

For any nondegenerate rr with |rrl|22l|r-r^{l}|\ll 2^{-2l} we have the difference bounds

(7.8) Ψl+1(rl+1,vl+1)Ψl(rl,vl)r22lkcl,\|\Psi^{l+1}(r^{l+1},v^{l+1})-\Psi^{l}(r^{l},v^{l})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}_{r}}\lesssim 2^{-2lk}c_{l},
(7.9) Ψl+1(rl+1,vl+1)Ψl(rl,vl)r2N22l(Nk)cl.\|\Psi^{l+1}(r^{l+1},v^{l+1})-\Psi^{l}(r^{l},v^{l})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}_{r}^{2N}}\lesssim 2^{2l(N-k)}c_{l}.

As a corollary of this lemma, we remark that via Sobolev embeddings we also get uniform difference bounds:

Corollary 7.3.

In the region Ω~[l]{\tilde{\Omega}}^{[l]} have

(7.10) Ψl+1(rl+1,vl+1)Ψl(rl,vl)C32×C122δl,δ>0.\|\Psi^{l+1}(r^{l+1},v^{l+1})-\Psi_{l}(r^{l},v^{l})\|_{C^{\frac{3}{2}}\times C^{1}}\lesssim 2^{-2\delta l},\qquad\delta>0.

This will serve later in the study of convergence of the regularized solutions.

Proof.

We split

Ψl+1(rl+1,vl+1)Ψl(rl,vl)=(Ψl+1Ψl)(rl+1,vl+1)Ψl(rl+1rl,vl+1vl).\Psi^{l+1}(r^{l+1},v^{l+1})-\Psi^{l}(r^{l},v^{l})=(\Psi^{l+1}-\Psi^{l})(r^{l+1},v^{l+1})-\Psi^{l}(r^{l+1}-r^{l},v^{l+1}-v^{l}).

For the first term we use again the boundedness of Ψl\Psi^{l} and then (2.39) to conclude that

(Ψl+1Ψl)(rl+1,vl+1)2N(rl+1,vl+1)2N22l(Nk)cl,\|(\Psi^{l+1}-\Psi^{l})(r^{l+1},v^{l+1})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2N}}\lesssim\|(r^{l+1},v^{l+1})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2N}}\lesssim 2^{2l(N-k)}c_{l},

and

(Ψl+1Ψl)(rl+1,vl+1)22lN(rl+1,vl+1)2N22lkcl\|(\Psi^{l+1}-\Psi^{l})(r^{l+1},v^{l+1})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}}\lesssim 2^{-2lN}\|(r^{l+1},v^{l+1})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2N}}\lesssim 2^{-2lk}c_{l}

as needed.

For the second term we use again the 2N{\mathcal{H}}^{2N} boundedness, but for the {\mathcal{H}} bound we use instead the difference bound (7.5) together with the {\mathcal{H}} bound

Ψl(rl+1rl,vl+1vl)2D((rl+1,vl+1),(rl,vl)),\|\Psi^{l}(r^{l+1}-r^{l},v^{l+1}-v^{l})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}}^{2}\lesssim D((r^{l+1},v^{l+1}),(r^{l},v^{l})),

and conclude using (7.5). ∎

By the above Lemma we can place the telescopic term into (sl,wl)(s^{l},w^{l}), with norm clc_{l} and thus, by Lemma 2.5, we obtain the desired bound (7.6) and conclude our bootstrap argument.

7.3. The limiting solution

Here we show that the limit

(7.11) (r,v)=limh(rh,vh)(r,v)=\lim_{h\to\infty}(r^{h},v^{h})

exists, first in a weaker topology and then in the strong 𝐇2k{\mathbf{H}}^{2k} topology.

As before, the smooth solutions (rh,vh)(r^{h},v^{h}) do not have common domains. However, by Lemma 7.1 the limit

Ω=limhΩh\Omega=\lim_{h\to\infty}\Omega_{h}

exists, has a Lipschitz boundary Γ\Gamma, and further we have

d(Γ,Γh)2h(2+δ).d(\Gamma,\Gamma_{h})\lesssim 2^{-h(2+\delta)}.

For this reason, it is convenient to consider instead the limit

(r,v)=limhΨh(rh,vh),(r,v)=\lim_{h\to\infty}\Psi^{h}(r^{h},v^{h}),

where the functions on the right are all defined in Ω\Omega. Indeed, by Lemma 7.2 we see that we have convergence in {\mathcal{H}}, and, by interpolation, in 2k1{\mathcal{H}}^{2k_{1}} for all k1<kk_{1}<k.

To obtain convergence in 2kr{\mathcal{H}}^{2k}_{r}, we write

(r,v)=Ψ0(r0,v0)+j=0Ψl+1(rl+1,vl+1)Ψl(rl,vl),(r,v)=\Psi^{0}(r^{0},v^{0})+\sum_{j=0}^{\infty}\Psi^{l+1}(r^{l+1},v^{l+1})-\Psi^{l}(r^{l},v^{l}),

and view the telescopic sum as a generalized Littlewood-Paley decomposition of (r,v)(r,v). Then Lemma 7.2 shows that (r,v)(r,v) is in 2k{\mathcal{H}}^{2k}, with norm

(7.12) (r,v)2kchl2.\|(r,v)\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2k}}\lesssim\|c_{h}\|_{l^{2}}.

We also see that we have convergence in 2k{\mathcal{H}}^{2k}, namely

(7.13) Ψl(rl,vl)(r,v)2kcll20.\|\Psi^{l}(r^{l},v^{l})-(r,v)\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2k}}\lesssim\|c_{\geq l}\|_{l^{2}}\to 0.

We also show that we have strong convergence of (rh,vh)(r^{h},v^{h}) in 2k{\mathcal{H}}^{2k} in the sense of Definition 2.6. Indeed, it suffices to compare it with the constant sequence Ψl(rm,vm)\Psi^{l}(r^{m},v^{m}). Then for lml\geq m we have

(7.14) (rl,vl)Ψm(rm,vm)2kcml20\|(r^{l},v^{l})-\Psi^{m}(r^{m},v^{m})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2k}}\lesssim\|c_{\geq m}\|_{l^{2}}\to 0

The same relations also show the continuity of (r,v)(r,v) in 𝐇2k{\mathbf{H}}^{2k} as functions of time.

7.4. Continuous dependence

We consider a sequence of initial data (r(n)0,v(n)0)(r^{(n)}_{0},v^{(n)}_{0}) which converges to (r0,v0)(r_{0},v_{0}) in 𝐇2k{\mathbf{H}}^{2k} in the sense of Definition 2.6, and will show that the corresponding solutions (r(n),v(n))(r^{(n)},v^{(n)}) converge to (r,v)(r,v).

The first observation is that the 𝐇2k{\mathbf{H}}^{2k} convergence implies 𝐇2k{\mathbf{H}}^{2k} uniform boundedness for (r(n)0,v(n)0)(r^{(n)}_{0},v^{(n)}_{0}), which in turn implies a uniform lifespan bound for the solutions as well as a uniform bound in 𝐇2k{\mathbf{H}}^{2k}.

Our strategy to prove convergence is to compare this family of solutions with the limit (r,v)(r,v) via the regularizations used in the construction of rough solutions. Precisely, denote by (r(n),h0,v(n),h0)(r^{(n),h}_{0},v^{(n),h}_{0}) respectively (rh0,vh0)(r^{h}_{0},v^{h}_{0}) the regularized data sets, for which we have the obvious convergence

(r(n),h0,v(n),h0)(rh0,vh0)in C.(r^{(n),h}_{0},v^{(n),h}_{0})\to(r^{h}_{0},v^{h}_{0})\qquad\text{in }C^{\infty}.

These are also uniformly bounded in 𝐇2k{\mathbf{H}}^{2k} and thus have a uniform lifespan.

Denoting by ch(n)c_{h}^{(n)} corresponding frequency envelopes for (r(n)0,v(n)0)(r^{(n)}_{0},v^{(n)}_{0}), we have the difference bounds

Ψh(r(n),h,v(n),h)(r(n),v(n))2kc(n)h.\|\Psi^{h}(r^{(n),h},v^{(n),h})-(r^{(n)},v^{(n)})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2k}}\lesssim c^{(n)}_{\geq h}.

To finish the proof we need to establish two facts:

  • For each ϵ>0\epsilon>0, the frequency envelopes c(n)hc^{(n)}_{h} can be chosen so that171717One can do better than that and ensure that the limit is zero, but that is not needed for our argument.

    lim suphsupnc(n)hϵ.\limsup_{h\to\infty}\sup_{n}c^{(n)}_{\geq h}\leq\epsilon.
  • We have the CC^{\infty} convergence

    Ψh(r(n),h,v(n),h)Ψh(rh,vh).\Psi^{h}(r^{(n),h},v^{(n),h})\to\Psi^{h}(r^{h},v^{h}).

(i) Equicontinuity of frequency envelopes. This is easily achieved via the decomposition

(r(n)0,v(n)0)=(r0smooth,v0smooth)+O2k(ϵ),(r^{(n)}_{0},v^{(n)}_{0})=(r_{0}^{smooth},v_{0}^{smooth})+O_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2k}}(\epsilon),

which holds for each ϵ\epsilon. The smooth part yields envelopes which are uniformly decreasing, and the error term yields ϵ\epsilon sized envelopes.


(ii) CC^{\infty} convergence. Here we have uniform 2N{\mathcal{H}}^{2N} bounds for the sequence (r(n),h,v(n),h)(r^{(n),h},v^{(n),h}), as well as weak convergence, in the sense that

D((r(n),h,v(n),h),(rh,vh))0.D((r^{(n),h},v^{(n),h}),(r^{h},v^{h}))\to 0.

The last property implies domain convergence. Then we have L2L^{2} convergence away from a 22h2^{-2h} boundary layer, which in turn shows convergence of the regularizations in CC^{\infty}.

7.5. The lifespan of rough solutions

Here we complete the proof of our last result in Theorem 4. Thus, we consider a rough initial data (r0,v0)𝐇2k(r_{0},v_{0})\in{\mathbf{H}}^{2k} and a corresponding solution (r,v)(r,v) in a time interval [0,T)[0,T) with the property that

(7.15) 0TB(t)dt=C<.\int_{0}^{T}B(t)\,dt=C<\infty.

By the local well-posedness result, in order to prove the theorem it suffices to show that we have a uniform bound

(7.16) supt[0,T](r,v)𝐇2k<.\sup_{t\in[0,T]}\|(r,v)\|_{{\mathbf{H}}^{2k}}<\infty.

We consider the regularized data (r0h,v0h)(r_{0}^{h},v_{0}^{h}) and the corresponding solutions (rh,vh)(r^{h},v^{h}). By the continuous dependence theorem we know that these solutions converge to (r,v)(r,v) in [0,T)[0,T), and in particular their lifespans ThT^{h} satisfy

lim infhThT.\liminf_{h\to\infty}T^{h}\geq T.

What we do not have is a uniform bound for their corresponding control parameters BhB^{h}. To rectify this, we consider a large parameter h0h_{0}, to be chosen later, and we will show that, for h>h0h>h_{0}, the solutions (rh,vh)(r^{h},v^{h}) persist up to time TT with uniform bounds

(7.17) 0TBh(t)dt2C,hh0.\int_{0}^{T}B^{h}(t)dt\leq 2C,\qquad h\geq h_{0}.

If that were the case, then by the local well-posedness proof it follows that the solutions (rh,vh)(r^{h},v^{h}) remain uniformly bounded in 𝐇2k{\mathbf{H}}^{2k} and converge to (r,h)(r,h), thereby concluding the proof.

To establish the bound (7.17) we will run a bootstrap argument. Precisely, we assume that on a time interval [0,T0][0,T_{0}] with T0<TT_{0}<T we have a uniform bound

(7.18) 0T0Bh(t)dt4C,hh0.\int_{0}^{T_{0}}B^{h}(t)dt\leq 4C,\qquad h\geq h_{0}.

Then we will show that in effect we must have the better bound

(7.19) 0T0Bh(t)dt2C,hh0.\int_{0}^{T_{0}}B^{h}(t)dt\leq 2C,\qquad h\geq h_{0}.

That would suffice, for then the local well-posedness argument would yield a uniform for (rh,vh)(r^{h},v^{h}) in 𝐇2k{\mathbf{H}}^{2k} and thus allow us to expand the interval [0,T0][0,T_{0}] on which the bootstrap assumption holds, uniformly with respect to hh0h\geq h_{0}.

Our goal now is to compare BhB^{h} and BB. Precisely, we aim to show that

(7.20) BhC1B+C22δh,δ>0,B^{h}\lesssim C_{1}B+C_{2}2^{-\delta h},\qquad\delta>0,

with a universal constant C1C_{1} but C2C_{2} depending both on the initial data size and on CC above. This suffices in order to establish (7.19), because we are allowed to choose the threshold h0h_{0} sufficiently large, depending on parameters which are fixed in the problem.

The tools we have at our disposal are

(i) a high frequency bound, provided by our energy estimates in (3), namely (7.3),

(ii) the difference bound (7.5).

The constants in both bounds depend exactly on the 𝐇2k{\mathbf{H}}^{2k} norm initial data and on CC above.

The difficulty we have in comparing BhB^{h} and BB is that the two solutions are supported in different domains Ω\Omega respectively Ωh\Omega_{h}. However, the difference bound (7.5) allows us to apply Lemma 7.1 to conclude that the two domains are at distance 2h(2+δ)\lesssim 2^{-h(2+\delta)}. Thus, rather than comparing (r,v)(r,v) and (rh,vh)(r^{h},v^{h}), it is better to compare their regularizations Ψh(r,v)\Psi^{h}(r,v) and Ψh(rh,vh)\Psi^{h}(r^{h},v^{h}), which are defined on 22h2^{-2h} enlargements of the domains, which in particular cover the union of Ω\Omega and Ωh\Omega_{h}. By a slight abuse of notation, we will identify their domains.

We begin with Ψh(r,v)\Psi^{h}(r,v), for which we have the straightforward bound

(7.21) Ψh(r,v)C~0,12×LC1B.\|\nabla\Psi^{h}(r,v)\|_{{\tilde{C}^{0,\frac{1}{2}}}\times L^{\infty}}\leq C_{1}B.

This is where the universal constant C1C_{1} appears.

Next we compare Ψh(r,v)\Psi^{h}(r,v) and Ψh(rh,vh)\Psi^{h}(r^{h},v^{h}). Here we take a telescopic sum,

Ψh(r,v)Ψh(rh,vh)=l=hΨh(rl+1,vl+1)Ψh(rl,vl).\Psi^{h}(r,v)-\Psi^{h}(r^{h},v^{h})=\sum_{l=h}^{\infty}\Psi^{h}(r^{l+1},v^{l+1})-\Psi^{h}(r^{l},v^{l}).

Using the difference bound (7.5), we can estimate the successive terms in all 2mrh{\mathcal{H}}^{2m}_{r^{h}} norms,

Ψh(rl+1,vl+1)Ψh(rl,vl)2mrhcl22kl22mh,m0,\|\Psi^{h}(r^{l+1},v^{l+1})-\Psi^{h}(r^{l},v^{l})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2m}_{r^{h}}}\lesssim c_{l}2^{-2kl}2^{2mh},\qquad m\geq 0,

which after summation yields

Ψh(r,v)Ψh(rl,vl)2mrhcl22kh22mh,m0.\|\Psi^{h}(r,v)-\Psi^{h}(r^{l},v^{l})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2m}_{r^{h}}}\lesssim c_{l}2^{-2kh}2^{2mh},\qquad m\geq 0.

Now we can use Sobolev embeddings to conclude that181818From Sobolev embeddings we get in effect a C˙12\dot{C}^{\frac{1}{2}} bound for the first component.

(7.22) (Ψh(r,v)Ψh(rh,vh))C~0,12×L2δh.\|\nabla(\Psi^{h}(r,v)-\Psi^{h}(r^{h},v^{h}))\|_{{\tilde{C}^{0,\frac{1}{2}}}\times L^{\infty}}\lesssim 2^{-\delta h}.

Finally, using (7.3), we compare Ψh(rh,vh)\Psi^{h}(r^{h},v^{h}) with (rh,vh)(r^{h},v^{h}), estimating also the low frequencies,

(rh,vh)Ψh(rh,vh)2mrhcl22kh22mhm0.\|(r^{h},v^{h})-\Psi^{h}(r^{h},v^{h})\|_{{\mathcal{H}}^{2m}_{r^{h}}}\lesssim c_{l}2^{-2kh}2^{2mh}\qquad m\geq 0.

Using Sobolev embeddings again, we conclude that

(7.23) ((rh,vh)Ψh(rh,vh))C~0,12×L2δh.\|\nabla((r^{h},v^{h})-\Psi^{h}(r^{h},v^{h}))\|_{{\tilde{C}^{0,\frac{1}{2}}}\times L^{\infty}}\lesssim 2^{-\delta h}.

Now (7.20) is obtained by combining (7.21), (7.22) and (7.23), and the proof of the theorem is concluded.

References

  • [1] J.-Y. Chemin. Dynamique des gaz à masse totale finie. Asymptotic Anal., 3(3):215–220, 1990.
  • [2] G.-Q. Chen. Remarks on R. J. DiPerna’s paper: “Convergence of the viscosity method for isentropic gas dynamics” [Comm. Math. Phys. 91 (1983), no. 1, 1–30; MR0719807 (85i:35118)]. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc., 125(10):2981–2986, 1997.
  • [3] A. J. Chorin and J. E. Marsden. A mathematical introduction to fluid mechanics, volume 4 of Texts in Applied Mathematics. Springer-Verlag, New York, third edition, 1993.
  • [4] D. Christodoulou and S. Miao. Compressible flow and Euler’s equations, volume 9 of Surveys of Modern Mathematics. International Press, Somerville, MA; Higher Education Press, Beijing, 2014.
  • [5] D. Coutand, H. Lindblad, and S. Shkoller. A priori estimates for the free-boundary 3D compressible Euler equations in physical vacuum. Comm. Math. Phys., 296(2):559–587, 2010.
  • [6] D. Coutand and S. Shkoller. Well-posedness in smooth function spaces for moving-boundary 1-D compressible Euler equations in physical vacuum. Comm. Pure Appl. Math., 64(3):328–366, 2011.
  • [7] D. Coutand and S. Shkoller. Well-posedness in smooth function spaces for the moving-boundary three-dimensional compressible Euler equations in physical vacuum. Arch. Ration. Mech. Anal., 206(2):515–616, 2012.
  • [8] R. J. DiPerna. Convergence of the viscosity method for isentropic gas dynamics. Comm. Math. Phys., 91(1):1–30, 1983.
  • [9] M. M. Disconzi, C. Luo, G. Mazzone, and J. Speck. Rough sound waves in 3D3D compressible Euler flow with vorticity. arXiv e-prints, page arXiv:1909.02550, Sept. 2019.
  • [10] D. G. Ebin and J. E. Marsden. Groups of diffeomorphisms and the solution of the classical euler equations for a perfect fluid. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc., 75(5):962–967, 09 1969.
  • [11] M. Grassin. Global smooth solutions to Euler equations for a perfect gas. Indiana Univ. Math. J., 47(4):1397–1432, 1998.
  • [12] M. Ifrim and D. Tataru. Local well-posedness for quasi-linear problems: A primer. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc., 60:167–194, 2023.
  • [13] J. Jang and N. Masmoudi. Well-posedness for compressible Euler equations with physical vacuum singularity. Comm. Pure Appl. Math., 62(10):1327–1385, 2009.
  • [14] J. Jang and N. Masmoudi. Well-posedness of compressible Euler equations in a physical vacuum. Comm. Pure Appl. Math., 68(1):61–111, 2015.
  • [15] T. Kato. The Cauchy problem for quasi-linear symmetric hyperbolic systems. Arch. Rational Mech. Anal., 58(3):181–205, 1975.
  • [16] A. Kufner, L. Maligranda, and L.-E. Persson. The Hardy inequality. Vydavatelský Servis, Plzeň, 2007. About its history and some related results.
  • [17] H. Lindblad. Well posedness for the motion of a compressible liquid with free surface boundary. Comm. Math. Phys., 260(2):319–392, 2005.
  • [18] H. Lindblad and C. Luo. A priori estimates for the compressible Euler equations for a liquid with free surface boundary and the incompressible limit. Comm. Pure Appl. Math., 71(7):1273–1333, 2018.
  • [19] P.-L. Lions. Mathematical topics in fluid mechanics. Vol. 2, volume 10 of Oxford Lecture Series in Mathematics and its Applications. The Clarendon Press, Oxford University Press, New York, 1998. Compressible models, Oxford Science Publications.
  • [20] T.-P. Liu and T. Yang. Compressible Euler equations with vacuum. J. Differential Equations, 140(2):223–237, 1997.
  • [21] A. Majda. Compressible fluid flow and systems of conservation laws in several space variables, volume 53 of Applied Mathematical Sciences. Springer-Verlag, New York, 1984.
  • [22] T. Makino, S. Ukai, and S. Kawashima. Sur la solution à support compact de l’équations d’Euler compressible. Japan J. Appl. Math., 3(2):249–257, 1986.
  • [23] J. E. Marsden, T. Ratiu, and A. Weinstein. Reduction and Hamiltonian structures on duals of semidirect product Lie algebras. In Fluids and plasmas: geometry and dynamics (Boulder, Colo., 1983), volume 28 of Contemp. Math., pages 55–100. Amer. Math. Soc., Providence, RI, 1984.
  • [24] L. Nirenberg. An extended interpolation inequality. Ann. Scuola Norm. Sup. Pisa Cl. Sci. (3), 20:733–737, 1966.
  • [25] D. Serre. Expansion of a compressible gas in vacuum. Bull. Inst. Math. Acad. Sin. (N.S.), 10(4):695–716, 2015.
  • [26] H. F. Smith and D. Tataru. Sharp local well-posedness results for the nonlinear wave equation. Ann. of Math. (2), 162(1):291–366, 2005.
  • [27] H. Triebel. Theory of Function Spaces. Modern Birkhäuser Classics. Springer Basel, 2010.
  • [28] H. Triebel. Theory of Function Spaces II. Modern Birkhäuser Classics. Springer Basel, 2010.
  • [29] Q. Wang. Rough solutions of the 3-D compressible Euler equations. arXiv e-prints, page arXiv:1911.05038, Nov. 2019.